1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20119 34052))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
58 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20140 44371))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
149 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
217 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
220 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
223 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20119 34052))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
339 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
395 (put 'defadvice
'doc-string-elt
'3)
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20119 34052))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
449 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
458 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20126 50779))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper
"allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil
)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup
"allout" "\
503 Do fundamental emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil
"\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation
"allout" nil
)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
560 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p
"allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
569 \(fn)" nil
(quote macro
))
571 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
597 and many other features.
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
742 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
750 `allout-structure-added-hook'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
783 Topic text constituents:
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing emacs for automatic allout activation.
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20126 50769))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads
) nil
(put 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
(cons '"allout-widgets" loads
))))
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup
"allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommision allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil
)
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil
"\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation
"allout-widgets" nil
)
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode
"allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
894 The graphics include:
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20119 34052))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20119 34052))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
938 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20119 34052))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20119 34052))
995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
997 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
998 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
999 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1000 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1001 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1004 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1005 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1006 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1009 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1010 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1011 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1012 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1016 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
1017 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1021 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
1022 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1023 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1033 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
1034 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1035 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1036 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1037 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1038 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1040 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
1042 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1043 Toggle checking of appointments.
1044 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1045 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1052 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1053 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20119 34052))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1056 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1057 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1058 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1059 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1061 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1062 kind of objects to search.
1064 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1067 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1103 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'.
1127 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1128 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1129 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1130 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1131 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1132 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1134 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1135 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1136 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1138 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1140 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1141 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1142 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1143 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1144 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1145 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1147 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1148 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1156 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20119
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1177 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20119 34052))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1248 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20119
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1254 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1260 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1263 How to submit a bug report
1265 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1362 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1369 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1374 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1375 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1376 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1377 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1383 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384 of the line/poly-line
1386 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387 of the line/poly-line
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1398 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1401 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1413 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1419 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1443 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1444 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1451 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20119
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1483 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1484 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry
7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry
"auth-source" t
)
1496 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1497 ;;;;;; (20126 50800))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1557 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1558 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1569 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20126 50812))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1607 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1608 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1609 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
1610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1612 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1614 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1616 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1617 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1618 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1621 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1622 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1623 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1624 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil
)
1630 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1631 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1632 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1633 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1634 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1637 directory or directories specified.
1639 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1640 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1641 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1642 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1643 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1644 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1648 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1649 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1650 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1651 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1658 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1659 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1660 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20126 50846))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1748 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1749 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20119 34052))
1750 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1752 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1753 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1754 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1756 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1758 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1760 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1761 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1762 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1763 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1765 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1766 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1767 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1769 Effects of the different modes:
1770 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1771 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1772 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1773 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1774 a random distance & direction.
1775 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1776 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1777 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1779 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1781 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1782 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1783 definition of \"random distance\".)
1785 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1789 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1790 ;;;;;; (20126 50857))
1791 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1792 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1794 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1795 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1796 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1797 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1801 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1802 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1803 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1805 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1806 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1808 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1810 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1811 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1812 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1813 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1814 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1816 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1817 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1818 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1825 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1826 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20119 34052))
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1829 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1830 Time execution of FORMS.
1831 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1832 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1834 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1835 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1836 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1838 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1840 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1841 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1842 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1843 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1844 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1848 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1849 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1850 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1851 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1852 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1854 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1858 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1859 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20119 34052))
1860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1862 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1863 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1864 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1865 of corresponding buffers.
1866 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1867 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1868 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1869 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1870 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1871 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1873 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1875 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1876 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1878 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1880 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1881 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1882 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1883 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1885 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1886 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1887 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1888 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1889 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1891 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1892 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1895 Special information:
1897 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1899 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1900 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1901 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1902 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1903 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1904 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1905 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1906 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1907 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1908 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1909 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1911 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1912 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1913 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1914 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1915 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1916 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1917 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1918 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1920 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1922 ----------------------------------------------------------
1923 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1924 if that value is non-nil.
1930 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1931 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1932 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1933 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1934 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1935 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1936 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1937 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1938 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1939 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1940 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1941 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1943 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1947 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1948 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
1949 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1951 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1952 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1958 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1959 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1960 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
1961 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1963 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1965 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1966 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1967 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1969 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1971 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1972 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1974 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1976 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1977 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1979 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1983 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20119
1985 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1987 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1989 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1993 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1994 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1995 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1996 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1997 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2002 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2003 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2006 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2009 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2010 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2012 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2013 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2015 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2016 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2017 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2018 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2019 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2020 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2024 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2026 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2027 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2028 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2029 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2031 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2032 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2033 denoted by the letter `R'.
2035 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2036 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2037 denoted by the letter `H'.
2039 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2042 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2043 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2044 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2045 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2046 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2047 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2050 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2051 degree deflection it causes.
2054 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2055 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2056 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2057 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2058 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2059 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2060 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2061 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2064 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2065 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2068 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2069 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2070 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2071 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2072 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2074 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2078 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2079 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2080 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2081 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2082 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2083 emerging from the box.
2085 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2090 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2092 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2103 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2104 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2105 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2106 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2107 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20119 34052))
2108 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2109 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
2110 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
2111 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2113 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
2114 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2115 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2116 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2117 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2118 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2119 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
2121 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2122 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2123 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2125 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2126 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2127 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2128 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2129 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2132 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2133 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2134 yank successive words.
2136 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2137 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2138 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2139 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2140 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2142 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2143 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2144 the list of bookmarks.)
2146 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2148 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2149 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2150 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2151 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2152 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2155 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2156 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2157 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2158 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2160 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2161 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2163 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2164 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2165 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2167 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2169 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2170 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2172 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2174 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2175 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2177 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2178 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2179 after a bookmark was set in it.
2181 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2183 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2184 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2186 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2187 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2189 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2191 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2194 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2195 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2196 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2198 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2199 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2200 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2202 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2203 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2206 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil
)
2208 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2209 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2210 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2212 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2213 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2214 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2217 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2219 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2220 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2222 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2223 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2224 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2225 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2226 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2227 probably because we were called from there.
2229 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2231 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2232 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2233 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2238 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2239 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2240 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2243 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2244 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2245 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2246 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2247 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2249 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2250 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2251 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2252 `bookmark-default-file'.
2254 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2256 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2257 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2258 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2259 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2260 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2263 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2264 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2265 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2266 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2267 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2270 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2271 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2272 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2273 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2275 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2278 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2279 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2280 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2281 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2285 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2287 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2289 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2290 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2294 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2296 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2300 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2301 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2302 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2303 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2304 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2305 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2306 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2308 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20126 51279))
2309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2311 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2312 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2313 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2314 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2316 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2317 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2318 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2319 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2320 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2322 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2324 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2325 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2326 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2327 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2328 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2329 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2331 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2333 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2334 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2335 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2336 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2339 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2341 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2342 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2349 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2351 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2352 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2353 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2354 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2355 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2356 first, if that exists.
2358 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2360 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2362 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2363 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2367 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2368 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2369 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2370 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2371 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2379 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2383 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2384 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2386 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2387 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2388 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2389 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2392 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2393 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2395 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2396 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2400 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2401 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2402 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2403 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2405 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2406 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2407 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2408 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2411 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2412 new tab in an existing window instead.
2414 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2415 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2421 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2422 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2425 When called interactively, if variable
2426 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2427 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2428 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2429 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2432 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2433 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2436 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2439 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2440 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2442 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2443 URL in a new window.
2445 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2447 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2448 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2449 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2450 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2453 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2455 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2456 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2457 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2458 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2462 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2463 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2465 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2466 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2467 new tab in an existing window instead.
2469 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2470 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2474 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2475 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2481 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2482 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2484 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2485 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2486 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2487 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2489 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2490 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2497 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2498 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2499 program is invoked according to the variable
2500 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2502 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2503 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2504 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2505 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2508 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2510 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2513 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2514 Default to the URL around or before point.
2516 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2517 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2518 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2520 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2521 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2522 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2523 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2526 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2528 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2530 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2531 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2532 Default to the URL around or before point.
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2536 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2545 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2546 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2552 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2553 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2554 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2555 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2561 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2562 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2563 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2565 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2566 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2567 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2568 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2570 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2571 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2573 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2575 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2576 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2577 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2578 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2579 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2582 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2583 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2584 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2585 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2588 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2590 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2592 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2593 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2594 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2595 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2596 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2597 don't offer a form of remote control.
2599 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2601 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2602 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2603 Default to the URL around or before point.
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around the point.
2611 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2612 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2614 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2615 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (20119
2623 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2625 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2626 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2630 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2631 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2637 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2638 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20140 44207))
2639 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2641 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2642 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2643 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2644 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2648 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2649 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2650 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2651 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2655 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2656 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2660 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2661 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2663 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2664 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2665 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2666 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2668 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2669 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2670 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2671 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2672 name of buffer configuration.
2678 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20119 34052))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2700 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20127 25733))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2721 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2722 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2723 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2724 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20119 34052))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2730 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2735 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2741 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2742 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2743 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2744 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2745 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2746 else the global value will be modified.
2748 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2750 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2754 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2756 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2758 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2761 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2762 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2763 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2764 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2765 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2768 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2769 that already has a `.elc' file.
2771 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2772 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2774 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2776 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2777 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2778 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2779 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2781 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2783 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2784 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2785 Print the result in the echo area.
2786 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2790 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2791 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2792 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2794 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2796 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2797 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2798 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2799 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2800 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2801 all functions called by those functions.
2803 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2804 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2807 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2808 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2809 invoked interactively.
2811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2813 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2814 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2820 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2821 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2822 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2823 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2824 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2826 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2829 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2831 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2832 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2833 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2834 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2836 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2837 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2838 and corresponding effects.
2840 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20119
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2848 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2850 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20119 34052))
2855 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2857 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2859 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2861 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2865 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2866 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
2867 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2869 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2870 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2871 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2872 from the cursor position.
2874 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2876 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2880 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2881 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2882 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20119
2884 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2885 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2887 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2888 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2892 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2893 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2895 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2897 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2898 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2900 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2902 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2903 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2907 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2908 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2909 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2910 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2912 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2914 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2915 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2916 This is most useful in the X window system.
2917 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2918 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2920 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2923 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2924 See calc-keypad for details.
2926 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2928 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2929 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2931 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2933 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2934 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2936 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2938 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2939 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2941 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2943 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2944 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2945 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2947 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2949 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2950 Define Calc function.
2952 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2953 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2954 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2956 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2957 actual Lisp function name.
2959 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2961 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2963 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2967 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20119
2969 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2971 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2978 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20140
2980 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2982 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2983 Run the Emacs calculator.
2984 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2990 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20141
2992 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2994 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2995 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2996 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2997 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2998 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2999 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3001 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3002 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3003 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3004 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3005 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3006 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3007 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3008 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3011 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3012 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3014 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3015 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3016 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3017 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3018 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3019 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3021 Runs the following hooks:
3023 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3024 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3025 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3026 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3028 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3034 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3035 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20119 34052))
3036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3038 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3039 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3041 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3043 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3044 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3045 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3048 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3052 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3053 ;;;;;; (20127 25639))
3054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3056 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3057 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3059 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3060 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3062 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3063 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3064 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3065 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3066 restriction to ASCII.
3068 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3073 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3074 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3075 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3077 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3078 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3079 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3080 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3081 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3082 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3083 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3085 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3086 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20119
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3095 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3099 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3100 ;;;;;; (20139 28158))
3101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3103 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3104 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3110 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3111 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3112 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20119 34052))
3113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3115 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3116 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3118 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3119 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3121 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3122 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3124 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3126 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3127 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3130 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3135 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3136 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3141 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3142 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3144 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3146 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3147 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3150 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3153 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3155 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3156 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3161 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3162 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3164 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3166 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3167 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3170 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3172 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3173 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3175 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3176 variables are guessed:
3178 * `c-basic-offset', and
3179 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3182 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3183 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3185 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3186 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3188 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3189 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3190 guess is made from scratch.
3192 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3193 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3195 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3197 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3198 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3199 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3200 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3202 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3203 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3204 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3206 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3210 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3211 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3212 ;;;;;; (20138 48832))
3213 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3215 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3216 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3217 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3218 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3219 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3220 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3221 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3223 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3225 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3226 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3227 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3228 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3229 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3230 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3237 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3238 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3239 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3240 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3241 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3243 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3245 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3246 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3253 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3254 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3256 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3257 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3258 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3259 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3260 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3261 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3264 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3266 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3267 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3274 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3275 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3278 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3279 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3281 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3282 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3283 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3286 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3289 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3296 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3297 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3298 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3300 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3301 Major mode for editing Java code.
3302 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3303 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3304 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3305 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3308 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3310 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3311 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3318 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3319 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3320 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3322 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3323 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3324 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3325 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3326 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3327 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3330 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3332 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3333 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3340 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3341 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3342 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3343 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3345 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3346 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3347 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3348 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3349 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3350 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3353 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3355 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3356 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3362 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3364 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3366 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3367 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3369 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3370 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3371 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3372 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3373 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3374 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3376 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3378 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3379 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3388 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3389 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20119 34052))
3390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3392 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3393 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3394 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3395 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3397 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3399 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3400 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3403 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3404 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3405 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3406 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3409 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3410 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3411 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3412 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3415 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3417 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3418 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3419 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3420 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3422 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3424 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3425 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3426 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3428 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3430 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3431 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3432 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3433 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3434 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3436 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20139 28158))
3441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3442 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3443 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3444 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3448 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3449 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3450 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
3451 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3453 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3454 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3456 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3458 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3459 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3461 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3463 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3464 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3466 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3467 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3468 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3469 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3472 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3474 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3476 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3477 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3479 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3480 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3484 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3485 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3486 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3487 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3488 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3491 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3492 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3493 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3494 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3496 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3497 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3500 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3502 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3504 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3507 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3508 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3510 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3511 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3512 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3515 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3517 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3518 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3519 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3521 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3523 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3525 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3526 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3528 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3532 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3534 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3536 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3537 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3540 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3541 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3544 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3546 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3547 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3548 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3549 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3550 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3551 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3552 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3553 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3554 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3555 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3556 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3557 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3558 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3559 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3560 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3561 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3564 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3565 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3567 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3568 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3570 | (write EXPRESSION)
3571 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3572 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3575 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3578 ;; Same as: (write string)
3580 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3581 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3582 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3585 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3586 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3587 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3588 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3589 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3590 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3592 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3593 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3595 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3598 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3599 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3600 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3602 ARG := REG | integer
3605 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3608 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3611 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3614 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3615 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3618 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3619 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3620 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3623 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3624 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3625 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3628 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3629 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3631 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3632 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3633 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3636 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3637 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3640 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3641 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3643 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3646 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3650 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3651 ;; Same meaning as C code
3652 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3654 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3659 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3660 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3663 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3664 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3668 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3672 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3673 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3674 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3676 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3677 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3678 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3680 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3681 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3682 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3683 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3684 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3687 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3689 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3691 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3692 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3693 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3694 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3695 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3696 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3698 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3700 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3701 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3702 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3704 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3706 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3710 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3711 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
3712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3714 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3715 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3716 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3717 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3719 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3721 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3725 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine-mode cfengine3-mode)
3726 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20119 34052))
3727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3729 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3730 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3731 There are no special keybindings by default.
3733 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3734 to the action header.
3738 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3739 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3740 There are no special keybindings by default.
3742 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3743 to the action header.
3747 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3748 Choose between `cfengine-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3749 on the buffer contents
3755 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3756 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20119 34052))
3757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3759 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3760 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3761 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3765 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3766 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3767 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3773 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3774 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3775 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3776 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3777 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3778 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3779 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3780 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3781 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20127 23374))
3782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3783 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3784 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3785 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3786 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3789 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3794 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3795 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3796 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3797 the users will view as each check is completed.
3801 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3802 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3803 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3804 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3805 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3806 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3807 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3808 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3810 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3812 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3813 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3814 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3815 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3816 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3817 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3818 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3819 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3821 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3823 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3824 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3825 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3826 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3827 spacing are all verified.
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3832 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3833 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3834 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3835 otherwise stop after the first error.
3837 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3840 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3841 Only documentation strings are checked.
3842 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3843 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3846 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3849 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3850 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3851 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3852 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3854 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3857 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3858 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3859 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3862 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3865 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3866 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3867 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3869 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3871 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3873 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3874 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3875 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3877 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3880 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3881 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3882 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3883 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3888 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3889 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3890 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3891 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3892 space at the end of each line.
3894 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3896 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3897 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3898 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3899 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3901 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3903 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3904 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3905 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3906 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3908 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3911 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3912 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3913 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3915 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3917 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3918 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3919 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3920 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3922 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3924 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3925 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3926 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3927 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3929 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3931 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3932 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3933 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3934 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3936 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3939 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3940 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3941 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3943 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3945 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3946 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3947 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3948 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3950 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3952 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3953 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3954 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3955 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3957 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3959 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3960 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3961 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3962 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3963 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3965 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3966 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3967 checking of documentation strings.
3969 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3975 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3976 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3977 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20119 34052))
3978 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3980 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3981 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3982 Return the length of resulting text.
3984 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3986 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3987 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3991 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3992 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3993 Return the length of resulting text.
3995 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3997 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3998 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4002 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4007 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4010 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4014 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4015 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20119 34052))
4016 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4018 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4019 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4020 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4021 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4022 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4023 editing and the result is evaluated.
4025 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4027 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4028 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4029 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4030 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4031 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4033 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4037 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4038 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4039 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4040 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4041 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4043 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4044 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4045 \\{command-history-map}
4047 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4048 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (20138 48832))
4055 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4057 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4058 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4059 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4060 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4061 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4062 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4064 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4065 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4069 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4070 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
4071 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4073 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4074 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4075 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4076 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4077 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4078 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4079 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4082 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4083 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4084 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4087 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4088 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4090 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4091 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4092 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4093 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4094 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4095 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4096 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4097 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4098 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4099 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4100 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4101 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4103 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4104 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4105 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4107 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4108 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4109 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4112 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4114 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4116 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4118 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4119 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4121 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4122 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4124 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4125 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4126 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4127 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4128 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4129 value specified by their associated list element.
4131 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4133 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4134 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4135 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4137 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4138 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4139 * indent the first argument by 4.
4140 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4141 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4142 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4144 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4148 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4149 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
4150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4152 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4153 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4154 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4155 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4157 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4158 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4159 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4160 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4162 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4163 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4165 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4169 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20119
4171 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4173 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4174 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4175 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4176 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4177 of `scheme-program-name').
4178 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4179 it is given as initial input.
4180 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4181 discards input when it starts up.
4182 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4184 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4190 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20119 34052))
4191 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4193 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4194 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4195 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4196 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4198 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4199 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4201 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4202 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4203 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4205 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4209 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4210 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4211 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4212 ;;;;;; (20135 20784))
4213 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4215 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4216 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4217 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4218 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4219 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4220 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4221 functions have already modified the buffer.
4223 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4225 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4226 either globally or locally.")
4228 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4229 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4230 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4231 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4232 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4233 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4234 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4235 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4236 process as its initial input.
4238 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4240 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4242 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4244 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4245 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4246 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4247 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4248 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4249 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4250 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4251 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4252 process as its initial input.
4254 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4256 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4258 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4260 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4261 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4262 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4263 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4264 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4265 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4267 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4269 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4270 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4271 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4272 directory tracking functions.")
4274 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4275 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4276 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4278 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4280 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4282 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4283 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4284 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4286 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4288 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4290 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4291 Send COMMAND to current process.
4292 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4293 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4295 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4297 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4298 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4299 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4300 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4302 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4307 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4310 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4311 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4312 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4313 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4315 This command pushes the mark in each window
4316 at the prior location of point in that window.
4317 If both windows display the same buffer,
4318 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4319 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4321 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4322 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4323 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4324 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4325 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4326 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4327 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4330 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4331 this command work in interlaced mode:
4332 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4333 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4334 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4336 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4340 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4341 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4342 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4343 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4344 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20127
4346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4348 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4349 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4351 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4353 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4354 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4355 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4356 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4357 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4358 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4359 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4361 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4363 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4364 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4366 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4368 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4369 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4370 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4371 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4372 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4374 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4375 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4376 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4377 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4378 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4380 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4381 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4382 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4383 describing how the process finished.")
4385 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4386 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4387 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4388 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4389 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4391 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4392 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4393 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4395 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4397 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4398 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4399 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4400 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4402 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4404 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4405 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4407 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4408 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4410 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4412 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4413 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4414 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4415 (concat \"make -k \"
4416 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4418 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4419 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4421 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4422 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4423 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4424 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4426 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4428 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4429 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4430 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4431 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4433 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4434 and move to the source code that caused it.
4436 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4437 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4439 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4440 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4441 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4442 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4444 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4445 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4446 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4447 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4449 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4450 kills its subprocesses.
4452 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4453 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4454 to a function that generates a unique name.
4456 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4458 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4459 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4460 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4461 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4463 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4464 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4466 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4467 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4468 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4469 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4471 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4472 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4473 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4475 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4477 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4479 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4480 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4481 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4482 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4483 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4485 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4487 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4489 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4491 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4492 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4493 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4494 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4495 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4497 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4498 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4499 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4500 See `compilation-mode'.
4502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4504 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4505 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4507 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4508 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4510 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4511 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4516 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4517 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4518 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4520 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4524 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4525 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
4526 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4528 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4529 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4530 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4532 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4533 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4535 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4537 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4538 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4544 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4545 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4546 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4547 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
4548 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4550 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4551 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4552 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4553 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4554 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4555 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4556 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4558 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4559 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4560 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4562 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4563 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4564 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4566 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4567 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4568 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4569 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4571 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4572 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4573 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4574 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4575 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4576 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4577 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4583 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4584 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4585 Comments start with `#'.
4586 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4588 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4598 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4599 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4600 Comments start with `;'.
4601 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4603 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4605 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4606 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4607 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4609 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4610 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4614 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4615 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4616 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4617 between `/*' and `*/'.
4618 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4620 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4621 // another kind of comment
4633 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4634 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4635 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4636 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4637 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4638 `conf-space-keywords'.
4639 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4640 in an interactive fashion instead.
4642 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4644 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4646 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4650 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4652 # Standard multimedia devices
4653 add /dev/audio desktop
4654 add /dev/mixer desktop
4658 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4659 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4660 See `conf-space-mode'.
4662 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4664 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4665 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4666 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4667 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4669 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4671 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4672 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4676 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4677 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4678 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4679 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4681 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4683 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4684 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4688 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4689 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4690 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4691 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4693 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4702 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4703 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20119 34052))
4704 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4706 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4707 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4708 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4709 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4711 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4713 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4714 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4715 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4716 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4718 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4720 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4721 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4722 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4723 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4725 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4727 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4728 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4730 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4734 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4735 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20119
4737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4738 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4739 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4740 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4742 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4743 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4744 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4745 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4746 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4747 following the copyright are updated as well.
4748 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4751 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4753 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4754 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4755 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4756 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4757 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4761 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4762 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4764 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4766 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4767 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4768 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4770 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4774 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4775 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20119 34052))
4776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4777 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4778 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4779 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4780 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4781 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4782 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4783 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4785 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4786 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4787 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4788 Tab indents for Perl code.
4789 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4790 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4792 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4793 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4794 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4795 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4796 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4797 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4798 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4799 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4800 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4801 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4802 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4803 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4805 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4807 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4808 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4810 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4812 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4813 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4814 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4815 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4816 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4817 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4818 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4819 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4820 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4822 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4826 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4827 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4828 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4831 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4832 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4833 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4835 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4837 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4838 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4839 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4840 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4841 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4843 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4853 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4854 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4855 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4856 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4857 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4858 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4859 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4860 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4861 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4862 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4863 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4864 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4865 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4867 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4868 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4869 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4870 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4871 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4872 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4874 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4875 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4878 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4879 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4880 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4881 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4882 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4884 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4885 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4886 span the needed amount of lines.
4888 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4889 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4890 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4891 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4893 Variables controlling indentation style:
4894 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4895 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4896 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4897 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4898 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4899 `cperl-auto-newline'
4900 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4901 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4902 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4903 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4904 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4905 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4906 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4907 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4908 `cperl-indent-level'
4909 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4910 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4911 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4912 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4913 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4914 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4915 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4916 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4917 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4918 `cperl-brace-offset'
4919 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4920 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4921 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4922 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4923 `cperl-label-offset'
4924 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4925 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4926 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4928 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4929 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4930 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4931 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4932 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4933 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4935 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4936 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4937 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4938 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4940 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4941 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4942 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4943 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4944 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4945 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4946 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4948 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4949 column 0 is indented on
4950 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4952 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4955 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4956 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4957 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4961 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4962 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4966 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4967 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4973 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4974 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
4975 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4977 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4978 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4979 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4980 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4981 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4985 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4986 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4992 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4993 ;;;;;; (20140 44288))
4994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4996 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4997 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4998 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4999 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5001 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5002 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5004 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5006 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5007 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5008 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5009 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5010 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5014 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5018 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5019 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
5020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5022 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5023 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5024 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5025 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5027 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5028 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5029 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5030 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5032 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5033 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5034 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5036 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5037 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5040 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5041 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5042 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5044 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5046 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5047 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5048 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5050 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5054 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20119
5056 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5058 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5059 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5065 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5066 ;;;;;; (20128 38948))
5067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5069 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5070 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5071 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5072 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5073 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5074 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5076 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5078 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5079 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5080 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5081 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5082 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5084 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5085 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5086 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5087 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5088 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5089 normal function of these prefix keys.
5091 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5092 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5094 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5095 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5096 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5098 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5099 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5100 the prefix fallback behavior.
5102 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5103 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5104 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5105 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5109 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5110 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5116 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5117 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5118 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5119 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5120 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5121 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5122 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5123 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5124 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5125 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5126 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20119 34052))
5127 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5129 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5130 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5132 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5134 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5135 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5137 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5139 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5140 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5142 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5144 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5145 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5147 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5148 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5150 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5151 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5153 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5155 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5157 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5158 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5159 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5161 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5162 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5164 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5165 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5167 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5168 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5170 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5172 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5174 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5175 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5179 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5181 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5182 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5184 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5185 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5187 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5189 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5191 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5192 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5193 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5194 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5196 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5197 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5198 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5200 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5202 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5203 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5204 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5205 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5206 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5210 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5211 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5212 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5213 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5217 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5218 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5219 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5221 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5223 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5226 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5228 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5230 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5231 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5233 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5235 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5237 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5238 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5239 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5241 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5243 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5244 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5245 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5246 as part of Emacs itself.
5248 Each elements looks like this:
5250 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5252 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5253 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5254 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5255 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5256 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5257 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5258 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5261 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5263 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5264 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5265 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5266 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5267 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5269 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5270 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5271 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5272 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5274 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5276 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5278 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5279 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5280 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5282 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5283 that were added or redefined since that version.
5285 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5287 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5288 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5289 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5290 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5292 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5294 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5295 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5297 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5299 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5300 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5301 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5303 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5304 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5306 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5308 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5309 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5313 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5314 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5318 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5319 Customize all already saved user options.
5323 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5324 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5325 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5326 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5327 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5328 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5330 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5331 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5332 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5333 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5334 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5335 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5337 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5339 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5340 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5341 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5342 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5344 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5346 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5347 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5349 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5351 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5352 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5354 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5356 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5357 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5358 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5359 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5360 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5363 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5365 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5366 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5367 The result includes selecting that window.
5368 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5369 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5370 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5373 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5375 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5376 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5378 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5380 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5381 File used for storing customization information.
5382 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5383 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5384 it should be an absolute file name.
5386 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5387 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5388 something like the following in your init file:
5390 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5393 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5394 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5396 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5397 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5398 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5399 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5400 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5402 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5403 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5404 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5405 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5406 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5407 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5408 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5409 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5410 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5411 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5413 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5415 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5416 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5420 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5421 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5425 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5426 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5427 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5429 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5431 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5432 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5433 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5434 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5435 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5437 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5441 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5442 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20119
5444 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5446 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5447 Create or edit a custom theme.
5448 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5449 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5450 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5451 named *Custom Theme*.
5453 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5455 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5456 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5460 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5461 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5465 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5466 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5467 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5468 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5470 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5474 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5475 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
5476 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5478 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5479 Mode used for cvs status output.
5485 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5486 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20119 34052))
5487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5489 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5490 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5492 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5494 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5495 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5496 C++ modes are included.
5498 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5502 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5505 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5506 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5510 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5511 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5512 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5513 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5514 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5515 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5517 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5519 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5520 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5521 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5522 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5523 ARG is omitted or nil.
5525 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5526 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5527 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5533 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5534 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5535 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5538 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5539 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5541 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5543 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5544 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5546 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5548 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5549 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5550 For readability, the table is slightly
5551 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5553 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5554 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5555 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5556 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5557 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5559 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5563 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5564 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5566 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5567 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5568 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5569 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5571 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5572 Completion on current word.
5573 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5574 and presents suggestions for completion.
5576 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5577 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5580 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5581 then it searches *all* buffers.
5583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5585 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5586 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5588 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5589 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5590 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5591 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5592 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5594 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5595 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5597 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5598 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5599 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5601 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5602 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5604 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5610 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5611 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
5612 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5614 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5615 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5617 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5621 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20119
5623 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5625 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5626 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5627 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5628 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5629 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5635 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20119
5637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5639 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5640 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5642 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5643 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5644 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5646 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5647 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5648 Data lines are not indented.
5653 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5655 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5656 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5657 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5658 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5660 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5663 Extra indentation within blocks.
5665 dcl-continuation-offset
5666 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5669 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5671 dcl-margin-label-offset
5672 Indentation for a label.
5674 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5675 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5677 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5678 dcl-block-end-regexp
5679 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5680 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5681 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5682 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5683 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5685 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5686 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5687 Two such functions are included in the package:
5688 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5689 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5691 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5692 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5693 One such function is included in the package:
5694 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5696 dcl-tab-always-indent
5697 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5698 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5701 dcl-electric-characters
5702 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5705 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5706 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5707 which words trigger electric indentation.
5710 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5711 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5712 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5714 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5715 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5716 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5717 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5719 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5720 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5721 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5722 dcl-imenu-label-call
5723 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5725 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5726 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5727 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5728 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5731 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5733 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5734 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5735 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5737 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5738 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5742 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5743 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5744 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5745 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5746 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5747 \"lined up with the command line\"
5749 Data lines are not indented at all.
5750 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5755 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5756 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5762 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5763 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20119 34052))
5764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5766 (setq debugger 'debug)
5768 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5769 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5770 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5773 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5774 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5775 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5777 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5779 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5780 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5782 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5784 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5785 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5786 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5787 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5788 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5789 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5791 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5792 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5794 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5796 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5797 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5798 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5799 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5800 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5802 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5806 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5807 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
5808 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5810 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5811 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5815 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5816 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5817 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5818 Upper-case letters are commands.
5820 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5823 The most useful commands are:
5824 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5825 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5826 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5827 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5828 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5829 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5835 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5836 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20119
5838 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5840 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5841 Customization of `columns' group.
5845 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5846 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5848 START and END delimits the text region.
5850 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5852 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5853 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5855 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5857 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5861 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20119
5863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5865 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5866 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5867 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5868 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5869 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5870 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5871 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5873 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5877 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5878 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5879 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5880 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5881 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5882 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5883 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5884 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5885 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5886 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5887 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5888 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5890 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5891 Directories to search when finding external units.
5892 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5893 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5897 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5898 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5899 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5900 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5901 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5902 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5903 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5904 Face used to color everything else.
5906 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5907 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5913 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20126
5915 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5917 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5919 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5920 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5921 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5924 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5926 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5928 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5929 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5930 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5931 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5932 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5934 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5935 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5936 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5943 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5944 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20134 8296))
5945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5947 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5948 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5950 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5952 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5953 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5954 or nil if there is no parent.
5955 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5956 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5957 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5958 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5959 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5961 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5962 arguments are currently understood:
5964 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5965 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5967 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5968 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5970 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5971 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5973 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5975 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5977 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5978 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5979 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5981 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5982 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5984 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5985 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5986 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5988 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5989 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5991 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5992 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5994 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5996 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5998 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6000 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6001 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6002 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6003 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6004 the first time the mode is used.
6006 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6010 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6011 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20127 27092))
6012 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6014 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6015 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6016 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6017 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6018 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6019 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6022 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6024 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6025 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6026 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
6027 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6028 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6029 character composition information (if relevant),
6030 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6032 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6036 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6037 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6038 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6039 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20126 50898))
6040 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6042 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6043 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6044 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6046 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6048 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6049 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6050 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6051 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6052 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6054 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6055 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6056 `desktop-read' for details.
6058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6060 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6061 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6062 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6063 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6065 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6067 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6068 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6069 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6071 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6072 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6073 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6075 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6076 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6078 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6079 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6080 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6082 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6083 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6084 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6085 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6087 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6089 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6090 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6092 Handlers are called with argument list
6094 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6096 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6098 desktop-file-version
6099 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6100 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6101 desktop-buffer-point
6103 desktop-buffer-read-only
6104 desktop-buffer-locals
6106 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6107 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6109 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6112 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6114 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6115 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6117 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6119 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6121 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6122 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6123 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6124 List elements must have the form
6126 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6128 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6131 Handlers are called with argument list
6133 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6135 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6137 desktop-file-version
6138 desktop-buffer-file-name
6140 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6141 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6142 desktop-buffer-point
6144 desktop-buffer-read-only
6147 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6148 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6151 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6154 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6156 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6157 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6159 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6161 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6163 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6165 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6167 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6168 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6169 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6173 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6174 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6175 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6176 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6177 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6179 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6181 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6182 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6183 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6187 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6188 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6189 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6190 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6191 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6192 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6193 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6194 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6196 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6198 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6199 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6200 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6204 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6205 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6206 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6207 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6210 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6212 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6213 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6217 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6218 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6225 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6226 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20119 34052))
6227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6229 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6230 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6231 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6232 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6233 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6234 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6236 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6238 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6239 Repair a broken attribution line.
6240 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6242 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6244 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6245 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6246 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6247 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6249 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6251 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6252 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6258 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6259 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20119 34052))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6262 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6263 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6264 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6265 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6266 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6270 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6271 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6272 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6273 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6275 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6276 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6277 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6278 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6280 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6281 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6283 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6284 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6285 calendar-date-style 'european
6286 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6288 \(diary-mail-entries)
6290 # diary-rem.el ends here
6292 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6294 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6295 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6301 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6302 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20119 34052))
6303 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6305 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6306 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6308 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6310 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6311 The command to use to run diff.")
6313 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6315 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6316 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6317 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6318 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6319 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6320 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6322 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6323 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6324 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6326 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6328 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6329 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6330 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6331 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6332 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6333 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6335 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6337 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6338 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6339 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6341 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6345 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6346 ;;;;;; (20127 23725))
6347 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6349 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6350 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6351 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6354 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6355 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6356 headers for you on-the-fly.
6358 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6359 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6360 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6366 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6367 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6368 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6369 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6370 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6372 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6378 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20119 34052))
6379 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6381 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6382 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6383 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6385 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6389 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6390 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20140 44600))
6391 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6393 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6394 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6395 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6396 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6397 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6398 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6399 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6400 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6402 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6404 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6405 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6406 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6407 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6408 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6409 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6411 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6412 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6413 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6414 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6415 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6416 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6417 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6418 list of files to make directory entries for.
6419 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6420 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6421 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6423 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6425 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6426 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6428 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6429 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6431 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6432 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6434 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6435 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6437 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6439 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6440 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6442 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6444 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6445 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6446 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6447 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6448 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6449 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6450 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6451 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6452 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6453 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6454 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6455 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6456 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6457 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6458 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6459 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6460 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6461 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6462 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6463 to see why something went wrong.
6464 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6465 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6466 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6467 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6468 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6469 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6470 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6471 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6472 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6473 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6474 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6475 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6476 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6478 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6479 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6480 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6481 again for the directory tree.
6483 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6486 `dired-listing-switches'
6487 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6488 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6491 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6492 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6493 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6494 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6496 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6498 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6499 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6506 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6507 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6511 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6512 ;;;;;; (20126 50922))
6513 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6515 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6516 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6518 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6519 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6521 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6522 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6523 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6524 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6525 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6529 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6530 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6531 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6533 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6535 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6536 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6538 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6542 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20119
6544 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6546 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6547 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6548 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6549 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6550 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6551 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6553 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6557 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6558 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6559 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6560 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6561 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6562 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20119 34052))
6563 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6565 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6566 Return a new, empty display table.
6570 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6571 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6572 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6573 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6574 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6576 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6578 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6579 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6580 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6581 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6582 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6584 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6586 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6587 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6591 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6592 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6596 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6597 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6599 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6600 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6602 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6603 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6606 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6607 in the default way after this call.
6611 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6612 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6616 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6617 Display character C using printable string S.
6621 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6622 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6623 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6624 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6626 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6628 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6629 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6630 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6633 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6635 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6636 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6638 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6640 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6641 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6643 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6645 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6646 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6648 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6650 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6651 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6653 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6655 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6656 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6658 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6660 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6661 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6663 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6664 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6666 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6667 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6669 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6670 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6671 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6672 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6674 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6675 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6676 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6683 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6684 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
6685 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6687 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6688 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6689 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6690 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6691 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6692 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6693 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6700 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20119 34052))
6701 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6703 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6704 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6705 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6706 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6707 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6708 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6710 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6711 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6712 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6713 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6714 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6716 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6720 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6721 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20119 34052))
6722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6724 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6725 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6726 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6727 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6728 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6729 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6730 table and its own syntax table.
6732 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6735 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6737 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6738 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6744 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6745 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20139
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6749 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6750 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6751 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6752 OpenDocument format).
6754 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6756 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6757 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6759 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6760 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6762 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6763 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6764 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6768 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6769 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6770 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6771 to the next best mode.
6775 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6776 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6777 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6778 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6779 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6781 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6785 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6792 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20119 34052))
6793 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6795 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6796 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6802 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20126 50942))
6803 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6805 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6806 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6807 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6808 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6809 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6811 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6812 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6818 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20119 34052))
6819 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6821 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6822 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6828 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6829 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6830 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20136 49226))
6831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6833 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6835 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6836 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6837 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6838 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6840 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6841 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6842 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6843 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6844 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6845 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6846 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6847 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6849 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6850 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6851 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6852 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6853 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6856 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6857 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6858 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6859 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6860 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6861 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6862 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6863 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6864 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6865 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6866 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6867 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6868 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6869 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6870 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6871 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6872 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6874 For example, you could write
6875 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6876 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6879 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6881 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6883 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6885 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6886 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6887 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6888 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6889 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6890 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6891 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6892 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6893 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6894 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6895 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6896 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6898 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6899 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6900 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6901 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6902 call another major mode in their body.
6904 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6906 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6907 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6908 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6909 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6910 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6911 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6912 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6914 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6916 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6917 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6918 :inherit Parent keymap.
6920 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6921 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6923 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6925 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6926 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6927 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6928 the constant's documentation.
6930 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6932 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6933 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6934 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6936 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6940 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6941 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20119
6943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6945 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6946 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6948 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6949 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6950 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6952 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6953 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6957 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6958 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6962 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6963 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6967 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
6968 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6970 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6972 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6974 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6976 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6977 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6979 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6980 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6982 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6984 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6986 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6990 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6991 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6992 computed automatically.
6993 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6997 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6999 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7000 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7001 keyboard equivalent.
7005 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7006 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7010 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7011 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7015 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7016 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7020 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7021 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7025 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7029 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7030 radio: A radio button.
7031 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7032 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7034 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7038 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7039 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7043 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7045 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7046 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7047 as a solid horizontal line.
7049 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7051 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7053 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7055 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7058 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7060 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7061 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7062 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7063 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7065 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7067 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7068 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7069 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7070 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7071 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7072 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7074 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7075 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7076 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7078 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7079 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7080 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7082 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7083 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7085 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7089 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7090 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7091 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7092 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7093 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7094 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7095 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7096 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20119 34052))
7097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7099 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7100 Customization for ebnf group.
7104 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7105 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7107 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7109 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7112 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7114 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7116 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7117 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7119 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7120 killed after process termination.
7122 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7124 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7126 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7127 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7129 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7130 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7133 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7134 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7135 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7136 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7138 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7140 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7141 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7142 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7144 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7147 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7149 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7151 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7154 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7156 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7158 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7159 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7161 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7162 killed after process termination.
7164 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7166 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7168 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7169 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7170 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7171 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7173 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7177 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7178 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7179 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7181 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7183 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7185 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7186 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7188 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7190 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7193 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7195 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7200 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7201 killed after EPS generation.
7203 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7205 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7210 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7211 The EPS file name has the following form:
7213 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7215 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7216 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7218 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7219 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7220 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7221 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7222 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7224 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7232 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7233 The EPS file name has the following form:
7235 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7237 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7238 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7240 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7241 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7242 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7243 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7244 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7246 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7249 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7251 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7256 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7258 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7261 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7263 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7268 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7269 killed after syntax checking.
7271 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7273 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7275 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7280 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7281 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7283 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7285 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7286 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7290 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7291 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7293 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7297 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7298 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7300 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7302 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7304 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7307 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7311 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7312 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7314 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7316 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Set STYLE as the current style.
7321 Returns the old style symbol.
7323 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Reset current style.
7330 Returns the old style symbol.
7332 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7334 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7336 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7337 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7339 Returns the old style symbol.
7341 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7343 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7345 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7347 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7348 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7350 Returns the old style symbol.
7352 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7354 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7360 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7361 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7362 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7363 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7364 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7365 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7366 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7367 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7368 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7369 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7370 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20119
7372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7375 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7376 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7377 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7378 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7379 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7381 Tree mode key bindings:
7382 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7386 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7387 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7391 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7392 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7396 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7397 View declaration of member at point.
7401 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7402 Find declaration of member at point.
7406 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7407 View definition of member at point.
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7412 Find definition of member at point.
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7417 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7421 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7422 View definition of member at point in other window.
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7427 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7431 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7432 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7436 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7437 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7441 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7442 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7446 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7447 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7448 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7449 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7452 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7455 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7456 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7457 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7459 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7461 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7462 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7463 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7464 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7466 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7469 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7470 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7472 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7475 Search for call sites of a member.
7476 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7477 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7478 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7479 looks like a function call to the member.
7481 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7483 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7484 Move backward in the position stack.
7485 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7490 Move forward in the position stack.
7491 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7495 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7496 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7500 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7501 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7505 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7506 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7507 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7508 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7510 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7513 Display statistics for a class tree.
7519 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7520 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
7521 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7523 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7524 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7525 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7526 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7528 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7529 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7530 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7532 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7533 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7534 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7536 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7538 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7544 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7545 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20119 34052))
7546 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7548 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7549 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7550 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7552 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7556 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7557 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
7558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7560 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7567 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20131 35255))
7568 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7570 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7571 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7572 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7573 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7574 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7575 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7577 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7579 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7580 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7581 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7582 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7583 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7585 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7586 an EDE controlled project.
7588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7592 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7593 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7594 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20119 34052))
7595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7597 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7598 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7599 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7600 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7601 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7603 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7604 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7605 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7606 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7608 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7610 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7611 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7612 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7613 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7615 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7617 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7618 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7619 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7620 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7622 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7624 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7626 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7627 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7628 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7629 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7630 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7632 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7633 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7634 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7635 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7636 instrumented for Edebug.
7638 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7639 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7640 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7641 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7646 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7647 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7651 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7652 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7658 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7659 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7660 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7661 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7662 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7663 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7664 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7665 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7666 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7667 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20119 34052))
7668 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7670 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7671 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7673 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7675 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7676 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7678 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7680 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7682 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7684 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7685 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7686 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7687 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7691 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7692 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7693 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7694 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7698 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7699 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7701 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7703 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7705 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7706 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7708 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7710 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7712 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7714 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7715 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7717 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7719 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7721 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7722 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7723 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7724 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7726 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7728 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7730 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7731 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7732 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7733 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7735 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7737 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7739 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7740 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7741 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7742 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7744 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7746 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7748 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7749 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7750 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7751 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7752 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7753 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7755 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7757 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7758 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7759 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7760 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7762 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7764 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7766 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7768 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7769 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7771 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7773 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7775 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7777 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7778 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7779 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7781 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7782 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7784 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7787 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7788 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7790 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7791 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7793 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7795 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7796 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7797 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7798 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7799 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7801 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7803 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7804 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7805 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7806 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7807 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7808 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7810 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7812 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7814 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7815 Merge two files without ancestor.
7817 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7819 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7820 Merge two files with ancestor.
7822 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7824 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7826 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7827 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7829 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7831 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7832 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7834 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7836 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7837 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7838 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7841 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7843 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7844 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7845 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7848 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7850 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7851 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7852 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7853 and don't ask the user.
7854 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7855 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7857 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7860 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7861 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7862 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7863 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7864 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7865 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7866 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7868 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7870 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7872 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7874 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7875 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7876 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7877 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7878 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7880 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7882 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7884 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7885 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7886 When called interactively, displays the version.
7890 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7891 Display Ediff's manual.
7892 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7894 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7898 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7899 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
7900 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7902 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7909 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7910 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
7911 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7913 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7914 Display Ediff's registry.
7918 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7922 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7923 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20140 44390))
7924 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7926 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7927 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7928 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7933 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7934 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7935 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7936 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7942 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7943 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7944 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
7945 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7947 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7948 Edit a keyboard macro.
7949 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7950 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7951 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7953 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7955 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7957 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7958 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7960 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7962 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7963 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7965 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7967 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7968 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7969 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7970 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7971 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7972 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7974 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7975 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7976 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7977 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7979 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7981 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7982 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7983 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7984 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7985 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7986 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7988 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7992 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7993 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20140 44303))
7994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7996 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7998 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7999 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8001 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8003 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8004 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8010 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8011 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
8012 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8014 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8015 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8016 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8017 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8018 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8019 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8020 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8022 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8023 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8025 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8026 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8027 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8028 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8030 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8031 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8032 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8034 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8035 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8036 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8038 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8040 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8043 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8047 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8048 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20127 23532))
8049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8051 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8052 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8054 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8056 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8057 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8059 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8060 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8062 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8063 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8064 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8065 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8066 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8067 expression point is on.
8069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8071 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8072 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8076 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8077 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8078 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8079 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8080 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8081 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8084 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8085 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8086 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8089 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8090 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8094 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8095 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20126 50965))
8096 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8098 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8099 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8101 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8102 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8103 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8104 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8105 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8106 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8108 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8110 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8111 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8112 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8113 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8114 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8116 Electric Indent mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
8117 reindentation is triggered whenever you insert a character listed
8118 in `electric-indent-chars'.
8120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8122 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8123 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8124 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8125 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8126 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8127 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8129 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8131 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8132 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8133 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8134 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8135 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8137 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8138 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8139 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8143 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8144 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8145 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8147 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8148 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8150 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8152 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8153 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8159 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20119
8161 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8163 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8164 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8166 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8167 an elided material again.
8169 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8175 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8176 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8177 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
8178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8180 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8185 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8186 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8187 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8189 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8191 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8192 Lint the current buffer.
8193 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8197 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8198 Lint the function at point.
8199 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8203 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8205 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8206 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8208 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8212 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8213 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20119
8215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8217 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8218 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8219 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8221 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8223 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8224 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8225 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8226 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8228 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8230 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8231 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8232 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8234 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8236 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8238 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8239 Display current profiling results.
8240 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8241 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8248 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8249 ;;;;;; (20126 50977))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8252 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8253 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8254 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8255 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8256 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8257 ARG is omitted or nil.
8259 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8260 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8261 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8264 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8266 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8267 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8268 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8270 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8277 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20119 34052))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8280 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8281 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8282 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8284 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8286 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8287 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8288 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8290 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8294 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8295 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8296 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8297 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8298 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20140 44401))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8301 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8302 Run Emerge on two files.
8304 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8306 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8307 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8309 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8311 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8312 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8314 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8316 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8317 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8319 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8321 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8326 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8331 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8334 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8336 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8339 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8341 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8342 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8344 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8346 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8347 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8349 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8351 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8354 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8358 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8359 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20127 24788))
8360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8362 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8363 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8364 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8365 text/enriched format.
8366 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8368 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8369 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8373 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8377 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8380 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8382 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8385 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8389 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8390 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8391 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8392 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8393 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8394 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20119
8396 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8398 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8399 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8401 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8403 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8404 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8406 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8408 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8409 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8410 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8411 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8412 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8413 the keys are listed.
8414 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8416 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8418 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8423 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8428 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8429 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8431 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8433 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8434 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8436 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8438 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8439 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8441 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8442 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8443 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8444 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8446 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8447 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8448 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8449 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8450 should consider using the string based counterpart
8451 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8452 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8456 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8457 (decode-coding-string
8458 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8461 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8463 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8464 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8466 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8467 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8469 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8471 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8472 Verify the current region between START and END.
8474 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8475 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8476 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8477 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8478 should consider using the string based counterpart
8479 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8480 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8484 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8485 (decode-coding-string
8486 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8491 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8492 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8493 between START and END.
8495 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8496 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8498 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8500 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8501 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8503 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8504 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8505 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8506 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8507 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8508 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8512 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8515 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8517 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8520 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8522 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8523 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8524 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8525 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8526 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8527 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8531 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8534 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8537 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8539 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8540 Delete selected KEYS.
8542 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8545 Import keys from FILE.
8549 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8550 Import keys from the region.
8552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8554 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8555 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8556 between START and END.
8558 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8560 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8561 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8563 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8565 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8566 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8572 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8573 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20119 34052))
8574 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8576 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8577 Decrypt marked files.
8581 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8582 Verify marked files.
8586 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8591 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8592 Encrypt marked files.
8598 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8599 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20119 34052))
8600 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8602 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8605 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8607 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8612 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8619 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8620 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8621 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20119 34052))
8622 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8624 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8625 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8629 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8630 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8631 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8633 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8637 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8638 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8639 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8641 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8645 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8646 Sign the current buffer.
8647 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8649 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8651 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8653 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8654 Encrypt the current buffer.
8655 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8657 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8659 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8661 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8662 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8663 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8665 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8669 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8670 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8671 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8673 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8674 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8676 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8678 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8679 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8685 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20119 34052))
8686 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8688 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8689 Return a context object.
8691 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8695 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8696 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20119 34052))
8697 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8699 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8700 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8704 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8705 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8707 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8709 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8710 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8712 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8716 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8717 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (20127 26333))
8718 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8720 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8721 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8725 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8726 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8727 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8729 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8731 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8732 (server (erc-compute-server))
8733 (port (erc-compute-port))
8734 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8736 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8738 That is, if called with
8740 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8742 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8743 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8744 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8746 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8748 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8750 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8751 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8752 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8753 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8755 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20119
8761 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8762 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20119 34052))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8768 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20119 34052))
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8774 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20119 34052))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8780 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8784 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8785 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20119 34052))
8786 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8787 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8789 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8790 Parser for /dcc command.
8791 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8792 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8793 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8795 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8797 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8798 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8802 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8803 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8805 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8806 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8807 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8810 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8814 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8815 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8816 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8817 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8818 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
8819 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8821 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8822 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8824 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8826 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8827 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8828 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8829 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8831 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8833 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8836 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8838 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8839 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8841 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8843 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8844 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8846 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8848 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8849 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8851 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8853 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8854 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8856 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8858 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8859 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8861 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8863 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8864 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8866 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8868 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8869 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8873 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8874 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8880 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20127
8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8883 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8885 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8886 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8887 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8893 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8894 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20119 34052))
8895 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8896 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8898 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8899 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8900 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8901 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8902 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8903 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8906 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8908 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8911 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8915 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8916 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8919 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20119 34052))
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8928 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20119 34052))
8933 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8934 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8938 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8939 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20119 34052))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8941 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8943 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8944 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8945 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8946 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8947 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8948 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8950 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8952 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8953 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8954 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8955 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8957 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8958 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8961 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8962 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8964 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8968 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8969 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8970 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8971 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8973 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8975 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8976 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8980 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8981 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8985 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8986 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8990 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8991 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8995 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8996 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9000 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9001 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9005 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9006 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9010 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9011 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20119 34052))
9018 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9019 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9023 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9024 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9026 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9028 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9035 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9036 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20119 34052))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9039 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9040 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9041 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9042 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9046 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9047 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9053 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9054 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20119 34052))
9055 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9056 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9058 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9059 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9060 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9061 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9063 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9065 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20119 34052))
9073 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9074 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20119
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9081 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20119 34052))
9086 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9087 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20119 34052))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9093 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9097 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9098 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20119 34052))
9099 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9100 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9102 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9103 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9107 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9108 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9109 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9111 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20119 34052))
9116 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9117 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9121 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9122 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9125 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9126 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9127 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20119
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9136 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20119 34052))
9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9142 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9146 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9147 ;;;;;; (20127 26257))
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9150 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9151 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9152 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9154 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9156 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9157 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9159 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9160 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9162 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9163 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9164 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9165 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9168 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9173 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20119 34052))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9175 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9177 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9178 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9179 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9180 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9182 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9184 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9185 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9186 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9192 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9193 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
9194 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9195 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9197 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9198 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9204 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9205 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9206 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20123 28776))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9209 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9210 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9212 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9213 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9215 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9218 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9220 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9221 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9222 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9224 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9226 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9228 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9230 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9232 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9234 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9235 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9237 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9238 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9239 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9240 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9242 Returns the stats object.
9244 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9246 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9247 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9249 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9250 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9251 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9254 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9256 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9257 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9259 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9260 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9261 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9262 and how to display message.
9264 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9266 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9268 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9269 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9271 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9275 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9276 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
9277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9279 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9281 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9282 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9288 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20119
9290 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9292 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9293 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9301 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9302 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20119 34052))
9303 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9305 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9306 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9307 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9308 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9309 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9310 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9311 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9312 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9313 buffer selected (or created).
9315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9317 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9318 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9319 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9321 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9323 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9324 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9325 The result might be any Lisp object.
9326 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9327 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9328 corresponding to a successful execution.
9330 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9332 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9336 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9337 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9338 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9339 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9340 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9341 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9342 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9343 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9346 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9347 *File name of tags table.
9348 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9349 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9350 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9351 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9352 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9354 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9355 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9356 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9357 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9359 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9361 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9362 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9363 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9364 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9365 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9366 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9368 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9370 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9371 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9372 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9373 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9374 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9375 `auto-compression-mode').")
9377 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9379 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9380 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9381 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9382 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9383 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9385 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9387 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9388 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9389 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9390 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9392 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9394 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9395 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9396 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9397 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9398 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9400 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9402 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9403 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9407 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9408 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9409 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9410 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9412 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9413 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9414 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9415 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9416 file the tag was in.
9418 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9420 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9421 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9422 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9423 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9424 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9425 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9426 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9427 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9428 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9430 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9432 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9433 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9434 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9435 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9436 without directory names.
9439 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9440 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9443 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9445 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9446 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9447 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9448 but does not select the buffer.
9449 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9451 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9452 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9453 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9454 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9455 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9457 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9459 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9460 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9461 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9463 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9465 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9467 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9468 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9469 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9470 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9472 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9473 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9474 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9475 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9476 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9478 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9480 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9481 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9482 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9484 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9486 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9487 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9489 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9490 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9491 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9492 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9493 around or before point.
9495 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9496 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9497 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9498 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9499 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9501 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9503 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9504 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9505 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9507 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9509 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9510 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9512 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9513 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9514 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9515 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9516 around or before point.
9518 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9519 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9520 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9521 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9522 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9524 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9526 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9527 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9528 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9530 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9532 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9533 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9535 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9536 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9537 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9539 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9540 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9541 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9542 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9543 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9545 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9547 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9548 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9549 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9551 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9553 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9554 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9555 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9557 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9558 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9560 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9561 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9562 where they were found.
9566 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9567 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9569 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9570 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9571 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9573 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9574 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9576 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9577 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9579 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9581 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9582 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9583 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9584 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9586 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9587 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9588 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9589 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9590 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9592 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9593 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9595 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9596 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9597 Stops when a match is found.
9598 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9600 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9601 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9602 restricted to these files.
9604 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9606 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9608 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9609 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9610 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9611 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9612 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9613 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9614 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9615 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9617 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9618 produce the list of files to search.
9620 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9622 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9624 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9625 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9626 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9627 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9628 directory specification.
9630 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9632 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9633 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9635 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9637 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9638 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9639 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9640 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9644 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9645 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9646 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9647 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9648 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9654 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9655 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9656 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9657 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9658 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9659 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9660 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9661 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
9662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9664 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9669 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9670 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9672 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9673 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9675 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9676 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9679 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9680 even if the buffer is read-only.
9682 See also the descriptions of the variables
9683 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9685 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9687 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9688 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9690 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9691 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9693 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9694 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9697 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9698 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9700 See also the descriptions of the variables
9701 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9703 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9705 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9706 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9707 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9708 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9710 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9712 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9713 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9714 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9715 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9717 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9718 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9721 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9722 buffer is read-only.
9724 See also the descriptions of the variables
9725 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9726 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9728 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9730 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9731 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9733 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9734 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9736 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9737 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9738 the primary language.
9740 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9741 buffer is read-only.
9743 See also the descriptions of the variables
9744 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9745 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9747 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9749 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9750 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9751 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9753 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9755 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9756 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9760 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9761 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9763 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9764 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9767 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9768 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9769 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9771 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9773 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9775 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9776 This function is deprecated.
9780 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9781 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9785 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9786 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9790 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9791 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9793 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9794 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9796 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9797 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9801 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9802 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9806 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9807 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9811 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9812 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9816 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9817 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9818 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9822 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9825 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9829 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9830 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9831 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
9832 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9834 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9835 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9836 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9837 server for future sessions.
9839 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9841 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9842 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9843 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9845 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9847 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9848 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9849 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9851 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9853 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9854 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9855 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9856 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9857 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9858 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9859 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9860 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9861 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9862 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9863 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9864 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9866 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9868 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9869 Display a form to query the directory server.
9870 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9871 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9873 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9875 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9876 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9877 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9881 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9885 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9886 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9887 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20119 34052))
9888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9890 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9891 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9893 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9895 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9896 Display URL and make it clickable.
9900 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9901 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9903 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9905 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9906 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9908 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9910 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9911 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9913 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9915 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9916 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9918 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9922 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9923 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20119 34052))
9924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9926 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9927 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9928 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9932 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9933 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9939 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9940 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
9941 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9943 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9944 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9950 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20119
9952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9954 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9955 Create an empty ewoc.
9957 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9959 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9960 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9961 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9962 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9963 `insert-before-markers'.
9965 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9966 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9967 respectively, of the ewoc.
9969 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9970 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9971 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9973 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
9977 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9978 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9979 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9980 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
9981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9983 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
9984 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9985 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9987 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9989 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
9990 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9991 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9992 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9993 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9995 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
9997 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
9998 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9999 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10000 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10001 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10004 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10006 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
10007 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10008 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10012 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
10013 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10014 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10021 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10022 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10023 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
10024 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10026 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
10027 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10028 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10029 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10031 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10033 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10034 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10035 to generate such functions.
10037 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10038 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10039 beginning of the expanded text.
10041 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10042 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10043 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10044 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10046 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10048 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10050 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
10051 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10052 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10056 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
10057 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10058 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10062 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
10063 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10064 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10067 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10068 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10072 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20119 34052))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10075 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
10076 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10077 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10079 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10080 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10081 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10083 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10088 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10091 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10093 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10095 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10096 `f90-program-indent'
10097 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10099 `f90-associate-indent'
10100 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10101 `f90-critical-indent'
10102 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10103 `f90-continuation-indent'
10104 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10105 `f90-comment-region'
10106 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10107 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10108 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10109 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10111 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10112 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10113 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10114 `f90-break-delimiters'
10115 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10116 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10117 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10118 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10120 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10121 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10123 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10124 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10125 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10126 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10127 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10128 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10129 `f90-leave-line-no'
10130 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10132 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10133 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10139 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10140 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10141 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10142 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20126
10144 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10146 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
10147 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10149 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10150 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10152 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10153 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10154 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10155 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10156 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10157 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10158 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10160 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10161 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10162 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10164 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10166 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
10167 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10169 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
10171 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
10172 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10173 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10174 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10175 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10176 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10178 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10180 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
10181 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10182 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10184 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10185 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10186 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10189 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil
)
10191 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
10192 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10193 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10195 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10196 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10197 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10198 will remove any scaling currently active.
10202 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
10203 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10204 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10207 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10208 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10209 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10210 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10212 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
10213 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10215 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10216 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10218 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10219 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10220 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10222 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10223 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10224 is one of the above.
10226 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10227 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10228 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10229 will remove any scaling currently active.
10231 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10232 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10233 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10234 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10235 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10239 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
10240 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10241 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10242 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10246 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
10247 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10248 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10249 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10250 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10252 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10253 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10255 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10257 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
10258 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10259 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10260 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10262 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10263 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10264 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10265 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10267 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10268 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10270 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10272 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
10273 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10274 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10275 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10281 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10282 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10283 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20119 34052))
10284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10286 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
10287 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10288 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10289 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10293 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
10294 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10298 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
10299 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10300 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10301 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10305 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
10306 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10307 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10308 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10309 backup file names and the like).
10311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10313 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
10314 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10315 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10316 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10317 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10318 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10319 internally by feedmail):
10321 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10322 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10323 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10324 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10326 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10327 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10328 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10329 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10330 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10332 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
10336 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10337 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (20119 34052))
10338 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10340 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
10341 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10342 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10343 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10344 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10345 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10346 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10348 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
10350 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
10351 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10352 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10353 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10354 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10355 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10356 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10358 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10360 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
10362 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
10363 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10364 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10365 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10366 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10367 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10369 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
10371 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
10372 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10373 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10375 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10376 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10381 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
10382 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10383 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10385 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10387 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil
"\
10388 Try to get a file name at point.
10389 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser
)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess
(if (or (not guess
) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p
)) (ffap-url-p guess
)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p
)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess
))) guess
(abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess
)))) (when guess
(if (file-directory-p guess
) (file-name-as-directory guess
) guess
)))))
10391 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
10392 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10398 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10399 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10400 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10401 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20119 34052))
10402 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10404 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
10405 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10406 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10407 be added to the cache.
10409 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10411 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
10412 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10413 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10414 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10415 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10417 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10419 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
10420 Add FILE to the file cache.
10424 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
10425 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10426 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10428 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
10430 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
10431 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10432 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10434 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
10436 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
10437 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10438 This function does not use any external programs.
10439 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10440 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10441 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10443 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10445 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
10446 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10447 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10448 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10449 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10450 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10451 \(directories) is done.
10457 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10458 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10459 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10460 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10461 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20119 34052))
10462 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10464 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10465 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10467 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10468 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10469 Local Variables list.
10471 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10472 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10473 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10475 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10477 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10478 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10480 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10482 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10483 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10485 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10486 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10489 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10490 then this function adds it.
10492 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10494 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10495 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10497 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10499 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10500 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10502 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10504 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10505 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10507 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10509 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10510 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10514 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10515 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10519 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10520 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10526 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20119
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10530 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10531 Filesets initialization.
10532 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10538 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20119 34052))
10539 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10541 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10542 Initiate the building of a find command.
10545 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10546 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10548 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10550 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10551 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10553 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10557 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10558 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20119 34052))
10559 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10561 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10562 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10563 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10565 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10567 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10568 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10570 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10572 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10573 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10574 and run dired on those files.
10575 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10576 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10578 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10580 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10582 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10583 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10584 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10586 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10587 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10589 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10590 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10592 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10596 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10597 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10598 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
10599 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10601 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10602 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10603 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10604 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10605 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10606 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10607 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10609 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10610 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10611 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10613 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10615 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10617 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10619 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10620 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10621 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10623 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10624 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10626 Variables of interest include:
10628 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10629 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10630 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10632 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10633 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10634 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10636 - `ff-ignore-include'
10637 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10639 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10640 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10643 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10645 - `ff-special-constructs'
10646 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10647 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10648 extracting the filename from that construct.
10650 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10651 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10653 - `ff-search-directories'
10654 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10655 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10657 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10658 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10660 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10661 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10663 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10664 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10666 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10667 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10669 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10670 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10672 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10674 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10675 Visit the file you click on.
10677 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10679 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10680 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10682 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10686 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10687 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10688 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10689 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10690 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10691 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10692 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20119 34052))
10693 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10695 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10696 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10697 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10699 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10701 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10702 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10703 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10704 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10706 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10707 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10708 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10709 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10711 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10713 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10714 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10716 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10717 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10718 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10719 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10721 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10722 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10723 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10725 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10726 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10729 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil
)
10731 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10732 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10734 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10735 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10736 places point before the definition.
10737 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10739 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10740 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10741 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10743 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10745 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10746 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10748 See `find-function' for more details.
10750 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10752 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10753 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10755 See `find-function' for more details.
10757 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10759 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10760 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10762 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10763 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10764 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10766 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10767 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10769 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10771 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10772 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10774 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10775 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10776 places point before the definition.
10778 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10780 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10781 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10782 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10784 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10786 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10787 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10789 See `find-variable' for more details.
10791 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10793 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10794 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10796 See `find-variable' for more details.
10798 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10800 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10801 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10802 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10803 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10804 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10805 buffer nor display it.
10807 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10808 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10810 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10812 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10813 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10815 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10816 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10817 places point before the definition.
10819 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10821 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10822 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10823 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10827 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10828 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10829 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10833 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10834 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10838 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10839 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10843 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10844 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10850 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10851 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20119 34052))
10852 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10854 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10855 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10857 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10859 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10860 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10864 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10865 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10867 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10871 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10872 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20119 34052))
10873 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10875 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10876 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10880 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10881 Display FILE's commentary section.
10882 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10886 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10887 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10893 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10894 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20119 34052))
10895 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10897 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10898 Toggle flow control handling.
10899 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10900 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10902 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10904 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10905 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10906 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10907 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10908 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10909 to get the effect of a C-q.
10911 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10915 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10916 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
10917 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10919 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10922 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10924 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
10927 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
10931 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
10932 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20119 34052))
10933 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10935 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
10936 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10937 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10938 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10942 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
10943 Turn flymake mode on.
10947 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
10948 Turn flymake mode off.
10952 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook
"flymake" "\
10959 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10960 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10961 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20139 33526))
10962 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10964 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
10965 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10968 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
)
10970 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
10971 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10976 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10977 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10978 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10981 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10982 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10983 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10984 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10987 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10990 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10991 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10992 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10994 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10996 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10997 in your .emacs file.
10999 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11000 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11004 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11005 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11009 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11010 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11014 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
11015 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11019 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
11020 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11022 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
11024 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
11025 Flyspell whole buffer.
11031 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11032 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11033 ;;;;;; (20140 43930))
11034 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11036 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11037 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11041 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11042 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11046 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
11047 Toggle Follow mode.
11048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11049 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11050 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11052 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11053 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11055 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11056 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11057 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11059 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11060 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11061 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11064 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11065 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11066 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11067 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11068 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11071 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11072 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11074 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11076 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11077 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11078 \(This is the default.)
11080 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11082 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11083 \\{follow-mode-map}
11085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11087 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
11088 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11090 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11091 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11092 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11093 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11094 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11095 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11097 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11098 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11099 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11101 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11102 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11103 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11109 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20127
11111 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11113 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
11114 Toggle Footnote mode.
11115 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11116 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11117 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11119 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11120 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11121 play around with the following keys:
11122 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11128 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11129 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20119 34052))
11130 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11132 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
11133 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11135 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11136 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11137 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11138 C-c < forms-first-record <
11139 C-c > forms-last-record >
11140 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11141 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11142 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11143 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11144 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11145 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11146 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11147 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11148 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11149 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11151 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
11153 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
11154 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11158 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
11159 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11165 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11166 ;;;;;; (20140 44048))
11167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11169 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
11170 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11171 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11173 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11174 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11176 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11179 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11181 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11183 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11184 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11185 `fortran-do-indent'
11186 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11187 `fortran-if-indent'
11188 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11189 `fortran-structure-indent'
11190 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11192 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11193 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11194 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11195 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11196 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11197 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11198 nil don't change the indentation
11199 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11201 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11202 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11203 depending on the continuation format in use.
11204 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11205 indentation for a line of code.
11207 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11208 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11209 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11210 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11211 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11212 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11213 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11214 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11215 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11216 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11218 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11219 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11220 statements (default nil).
11221 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11222 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11223 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11224 `fortran-continuation-string'
11225 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11226 line (default \"$\").
11227 `fortran-comment-region'
11228 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11229 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11230 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11231 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11232 as typed (default t).
11233 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11234 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11236 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11237 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11243 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11244 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20119 34052))
11245 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11247 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
11248 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11250 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11251 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11253 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
11255 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
11256 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11258 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11259 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11261 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
11263 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
11264 Compile fortune file.
11266 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11267 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11269 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11271 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
11272 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11274 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11275 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11276 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11277 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11279 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11281 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
11282 Display a fortune cookie.
11283 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11284 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11285 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11286 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11288 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11292 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11293 ;;;;;; (20140 44067))
11294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11296 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
11297 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11299 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" t
)
11301 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
11302 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11303 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11304 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11306 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11307 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11308 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11309 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11310 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11312 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11313 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11314 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11315 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11317 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11318 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11319 shown in some of the buffers.
11321 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11323 The following commands help control operation :
11325 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11326 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11328 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11329 detailed description of this mode.
11332 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11334 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11335 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11339 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11340 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11341 | | (comint-mode) |
11348 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11349 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11350 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11351 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11352 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11353 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11355 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11359 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11360 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20119
11362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11364 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
11365 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11366 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11367 instead (which see).")
11369 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
11370 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11372 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11373 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11374 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11375 documentation string instead.
11377 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11378 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11379 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11380 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11381 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11382 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11383 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11384 enders are actually possible.
11386 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11387 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11389 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11390 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11391 `font-lock-keywords'.
11393 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11394 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11395 runs the macro expansion.
11397 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11398 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11399 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11401 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11403 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil
(quote macro
))
11405 (put 'define-generic-mode
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
11407 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
11408 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11410 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
11412 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
11413 Enter generic mode MODE.
11415 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11416 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11417 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11419 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11420 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11424 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
11425 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11426 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11427 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11428 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11429 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11430 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11431 `font-lock-keywords'.
11433 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
11437 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11438 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
11439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11441 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
11442 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11443 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11444 at places they belong to.
11446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11450 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11451 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11452 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
11453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11455 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
11456 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11457 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11459 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
11461 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
11462 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11464 Guideline for numbers:
11466 3 - non-serious error messages
11467 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11468 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11469 9 - messages inside loops.
11471 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11473 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
11474 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11475 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11477 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11479 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
11480 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11482 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11484 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
11485 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11487 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11488 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11489 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11490 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11491 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11492 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11494 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11495 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11496 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11497 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11498 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11500 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11502 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11506 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11507 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20119 34052))
11508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11509 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11510 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11512 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11513 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11517 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11519 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11520 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11521 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11522 name of an NNTP server to use.
11523 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11526 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11528 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11529 Read news as a slave.
11531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11533 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11534 Pop up a frame to read news.
11535 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11536 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11537 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11538 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11539 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11540 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11541 current display is used.
11543 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11545 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11547 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11548 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11549 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11551 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11555 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11556 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11557 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11558 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11559 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11560 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20119 34052))
11561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11563 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11564 Start Gnus unplugged.
11568 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11569 Start Gnus plugged.
11573 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11574 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11578 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11579 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11581 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11582 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11583 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11585 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11586 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11587 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11591 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11592 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11596 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11597 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11598 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11599 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11600 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11603 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11605 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11606 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11607 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11608 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11609 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11612 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11614 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11615 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11619 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11620 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11621 downloaded into the agent.
11623 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11625 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11626 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11627 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11628 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11630 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11632 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11633 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11637 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11638 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11642 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11643 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11644 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11646 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11650 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11651 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11654 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11655 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11661 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11662 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20119 34052))
11663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11665 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11666 Set a bookmark for this article.
11670 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11671 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11673 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11675 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11676 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11677 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11678 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11679 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11685 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11686 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11687 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20119
11689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11691 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11692 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11695 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11699 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11700 Generate the cache active file.
11702 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11704 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11705 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11709 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11710 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11711 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11712 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11713 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11716 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11718 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11719 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11720 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11721 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11722 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11725 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11729 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11730 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20119 34052))
11731 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11733 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11734 Delay this article by some time.
11735 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11737 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11738 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11740 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11741 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11743 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11744 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11746 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11748 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11749 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11753 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11754 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11755 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11756 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11758 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11759 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11761 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11765 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11766 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20119 34052))
11767 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11769 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11772 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11774 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11777 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11781 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11782 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11785 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11786 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11792 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11793 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
11794 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11796 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11797 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11803 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11804 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11805 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20119
11807 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11809 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11810 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11814 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
11815 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11819 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11820 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11822 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11823 different input formats.
11827 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11828 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11830 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11831 different input formats.
11835 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
11836 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11837 The PNG is returned as a string.
11839 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
11841 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11842 Convert FILE to a Face.
11843 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11846 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
11850 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11851 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20119 34052))
11852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11854 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11855 Display gravatar in the From header.
11856 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11858 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11860 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11861 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11862 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11864 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11868 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11869 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20119 34052))
11870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11872 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
11873 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11874 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11875 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11877 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
11879 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
11880 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11882 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
11886 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11887 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20119 34052))
11888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11890 (autoload 'gnus-article-html
"gnus-html" "\
11893 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil
)
11895 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images
"gnus-html" "\
11898 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil
)
11902 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11903 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
11904 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11906 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
11908 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
11909 Run batched scoring.
11910 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11916 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11917 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11918 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
11919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11921 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11926 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
11927 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11928 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11930 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11932 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11933 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11935 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11941 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11942 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11943 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
11944 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11946 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11947 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11948 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11949 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11952 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11953 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11954 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11955 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11957 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11958 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11959 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11960 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11961 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11962 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11963 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11964 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11965 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11966 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11968 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11970 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11971 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11972 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11975 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11976 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11978 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11980 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11981 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11982 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11984 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11988 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11989 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11990 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11992 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11994 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11995 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11996 existing groups are considered.
11998 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11999 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12002 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12003 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12004 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12005 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12006 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12007 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12008 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12009 clauses will be generated.
12011 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12012 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12013 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12014 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12015 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12016 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12018 For example, given the following group parameters:
12021 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12022 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12024 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12025 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12026 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12027 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12029 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12031 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12033 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12035 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12036 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12039 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
12043 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12044 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20119 34052))
12045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12047 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
12048 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12049 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12050 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12052 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil
)
12054 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
12057 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12059 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
12060 Like `message-reply'.
12062 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
12064 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
12068 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12069 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12070 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12073 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12074 Display picons in the From header.
12075 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12079 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12080 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12081 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12085 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12086 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12087 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12093 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12094 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12095 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12096 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12097 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20119 34052))
12098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12100 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
12101 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12102 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12103 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12105 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12107 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
12108 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12109 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12112 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12114 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
12115 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12116 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12118 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12120 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12123 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12125 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12126 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12127 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12129 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12131 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12132 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12133 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12135 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
12137 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
12139 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
12140 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12141 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12143 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12145 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
12146 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12147 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12149 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12151 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
12152 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12153 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12155 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12157 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
12158 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12160 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
12164 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12165 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20124 52030))
12166 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12168 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
12169 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12173 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
12174 Install the registry hooks.
12180 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12181 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20119
12183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12185 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
12186 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12187 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12188 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12189 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12190 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12194 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
12195 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12196 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12197 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12198 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12202 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
12209 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12210 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
12211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12213 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
12214 Update the format specification near point.
12220 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12221 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
12222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12224 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
12225 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12227 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
12231 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12232 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
12233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12235 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump
"gnus-sum" "\
12236 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12237 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12239 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
12243 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12244 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20119 34052))
12245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12247 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize
"gnus-sync" "\
12248 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12252 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks
"gnus-sync" "\
12253 Install the sync hooks.
12259 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12260 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
12261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12263 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
12264 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12266 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
12270 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12271 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
12272 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12274 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits nil
"\
12275 The minimum number of bits to be used in Diffie-Hellman key exchange.
12277 This sets the minimum accepted size of the key to be used in a
12278 client-server handshake. If the server sends a prime with fewer than
12279 the specified number of bits the handshake will fail.
12281 A value of nil says to use the default gnutls value.")
12283 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits
"gnutls" t
)
12287 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20119 34052))
12288 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12290 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
12291 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12293 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12294 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12295 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12297 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12298 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12299 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12301 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12302 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12304 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12305 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12307 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12309 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
12313 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12314 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20127
12316 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12318 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
12320 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
12321 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12322 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12323 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12324 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12326 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
12328 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
12329 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12330 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12332 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12333 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12335 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12336 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12339 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
12341 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12342 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12346 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12347 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12353 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12354 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20119 34052))
12355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12357 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve
"gravatar" "\
12358 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12359 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12361 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil
)
12363 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously
"gravatar" "\
12364 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12366 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12370 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12371 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12372 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20119 34052))
12373 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12375 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
12376 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12378 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
12380 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
12381 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12382 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12383 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12384 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12386 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12387 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12388 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12390 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
12392 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
12393 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12394 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12395 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12396 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12398 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
12400 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
12401 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12403 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
12405 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face
'match
))) (when mbeg
(- mbeg beg
))))) lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face
'match
)) (mend (and mbeg
(next-single-property-change mbeg
'font-lock-face nil end
)))) (when mend
(- mend beg
)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
12406 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12408 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
12409 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12410 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12412 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
12413 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12414 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12416 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
12417 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12418 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12419 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12421 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
12422 How to invoke find and grep.
12423 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12424 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12425 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12426 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12428 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12430 (defvar grep-history nil
)
12432 (defvar grep-find-history nil
)
12434 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
12435 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12436 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12440 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
12445 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
12446 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12450 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
12451 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12452 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12453 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12456 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12457 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12459 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12460 can easily repeat a grep command.
12462 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12463 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12464 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12467 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12469 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
12470 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12471 Collect output in a buffer.
12472 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12473 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12475 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12476 easily repeat a find command.
12478 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12480 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
12482 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
12483 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12484 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12485 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12486 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12488 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12489 before it is executed.
12490 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12492 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12493 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12494 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12496 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12498 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12500 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
12501 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12502 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12503 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12504 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12506 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12507 before it is executed.
12508 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12510 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12511 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12512 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12514 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12516 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12518 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
12519 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12520 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12521 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12523 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
12525 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
12529 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20119 34052))
12530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12532 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
12533 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12534 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12535 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12536 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12538 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12542 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12543 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20127 25495))
12544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12546 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12547 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12548 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12549 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12551 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12553 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12554 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12555 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12556 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12558 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12560 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12561 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12562 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12563 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12565 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12567 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12568 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12569 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12570 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12572 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12573 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12575 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12577 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12578 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12579 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12580 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12582 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12584 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12585 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12586 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12587 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12589 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12591 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12592 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12593 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12594 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12595 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12597 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12598 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12599 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12600 original source file access method.
12602 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12603 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12605 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12607 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12608 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12612 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12613 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12614 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12616 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12617 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12619 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12621 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12622 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12623 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12624 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12625 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12631 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20119
12633 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12635 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
12636 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12637 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12638 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12640 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12641 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12642 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12643 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12649 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12650 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
12651 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12653 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
12654 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12656 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
12658 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
12659 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12660 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12661 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12663 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12667 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12668 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12669 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12670 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12677 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12678 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12679 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20119 34052))
12680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12682 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
12683 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12687 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12688 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12689 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12693 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
12694 Verify a hashcash payment
12696 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
12698 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
12699 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12700 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12701 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12702 `mail-add-payment-async').
12704 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
12706 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12707 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12708 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12709 Calculation is asynchronous.
12711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12713 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
12714 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12715 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12721 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12722 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12723 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12724 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20119 34052))
12725 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12727 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12728 Return the help-echo string at point.
12729 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12730 property, or nil, is returned.
12731 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12732 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12733 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12735 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
12737 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12738 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12739 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12740 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12741 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12745 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
12746 Display local help in the echo area.
12747 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12748 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12749 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12752 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12753 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12754 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12758 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12759 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12760 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12764 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12765 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12766 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12770 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
12771 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12772 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12773 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12774 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12775 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12776 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12777 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12778 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12779 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12780 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12782 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12783 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12784 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12785 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12786 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12788 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12789 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12790 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12791 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12792 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12793 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12794 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12795 The default is `never'.")
12797 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
12799 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12800 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12801 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12802 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12803 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12804 considered different regions.
12806 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12807 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12808 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12809 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12810 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12811 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12812 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12813 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12814 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12816 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
12818 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12819 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12820 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12821 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12824 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12825 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12826 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12827 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12828 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12829 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12830 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12831 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12833 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12834 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12835 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12836 rarely happens in practice.
12838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12840 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12841 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12842 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12843 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12844 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12845 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12851 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12852 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12853 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12854 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20119 34052))
12855 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12857 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
12858 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12860 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
12862 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12863 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12864 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12866 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
12868 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12869 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12870 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12871 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12872 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12873 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12874 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12875 search for a function definition.
12877 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12878 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12879 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12880 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12881 suitable file is found, return nil.
12883 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
12885 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
12888 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
12890 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
12891 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12892 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12893 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12895 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12897 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
12898 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12899 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12900 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12901 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12902 it is displayed along with the global value.
12904 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
12906 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
12907 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12908 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12909 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12911 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12913 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
12914 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12915 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12916 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12917 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12921 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man
"help-fns" "\
12922 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12926 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info
"help-fns" "\
12927 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12933 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12934 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
12935 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12937 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
12938 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12939 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12940 window listing and describing the options.
12941 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12942 gives the window that lists the options.")
12944 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
12948 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12949 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12950 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20119
12952 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12954 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
12955 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12956 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12962 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
12967 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
12972 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
12973 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12975 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12976 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12977 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12978 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12980 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12981 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12982 restore it properly when going back.
12984 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
12986 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
12987 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12988 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12989 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
12991 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
12992 it does not already exist.
12996 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
12997 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12999 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13000 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13001 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13002 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13003 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13004 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13005 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13006 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13008 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13009 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13010 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13011 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13013 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13014 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13017 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13019 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13020 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13021 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13022 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13023 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13024 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13026 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13028 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13029 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13030 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13031 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13032 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13034 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13036 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
13037 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13039 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
13043 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13044 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20119 34052))
13045 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13047 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
13048 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13052 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
13053 Provide help for current mode.
13059 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13060 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20119 34052))
13061 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13063 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
13064 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13065 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13066 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13067 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13069 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13070 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13072 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13073 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13074 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13075 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13077 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13078 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13081 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13086 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13087 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13088 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13089 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13090 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13091 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13092 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13093 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13094 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13095 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13096 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13097 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13098 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13099 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13100 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13102 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13103 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13104 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13106 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13109 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13111 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13112 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13113 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13115 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13116 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13117 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13119 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13120 into the buffer at the current point.
13122 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13123 into the buffer at the current point.
13125 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13126 into the buffer at the current point.
13128 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13130 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13131 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13133 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13135 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13139 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
13140 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13141 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13142 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13144 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
13146 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
13147 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13148 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13154 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13155 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13156 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13157 ;;;;;; (20126 50093))
13158 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13160 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13161 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13162 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13163 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13164 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13166 Issuing one the highlighting commands listed below will
13167 automatically enable Hi Lock mode. To enable Hi Lock mode in all
13168 buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode' or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1)
13169 to your init file. When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp
13170 Highlighting\" submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The
13171 commands in the submenu, which can be called interactively, are:
13173 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13174 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13176 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13177 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13178 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13179 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13181 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13182 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13184 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13185 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13187 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13188 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13189 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13190 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13191 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13192 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13193 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13194 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13195 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13196 function returns t.
13198 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13199 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13201 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13202 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13205 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13206 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13207 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13208 Patterns will be read until
13210 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13214 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
13215 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13216 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13217 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13218 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13219 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13221 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
13223 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13224 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13225 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13226 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13227 ARG is omitted or nil.
13229 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13230 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13231 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13235 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
13237 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13238 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13240 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13241 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13242 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13243 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13244 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13246 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13248 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
13250 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13251 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13253 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13254 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13255 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13256 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13257 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13259 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13261 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
13263 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13264 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13266 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13267 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13269 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13271 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
13273 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13274 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13276 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13277 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13278 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13279 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13280 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13282 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
13284 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
13285 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13287 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13288 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13289 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13295 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13296 ;;;;;; (20127 25465))
13297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13299 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
13300 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13301 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13302 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13303 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13305 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13306 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13307 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13308 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13311 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13312 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13315 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13316 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13317 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13318 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13319 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13322 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13323 #endif lines when hiding.
13325 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13326 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13329 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13330 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13331 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13333 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13339 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13340 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
13341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13343 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
13344 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13345 Each element has the form
13346 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13348 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13349 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13351 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13352 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13354 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13355 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13356 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13357 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13358 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13359 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13361 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13362 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13364 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13365 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13367 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13368 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13369 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13371 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
13372 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13373 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13374 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13375 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13377 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13378 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13379 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13381 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13382 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13384 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13387 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13391 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
13392 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13398 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13399 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13400 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13401 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13402 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20126
13404 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13406 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13407 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13408 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13409 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13410 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13412 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13413 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13414 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13417 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13418 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13419 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13420 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13421 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13422 through various faces.
13423 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13424 buffer with the contents of a file
13425 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13429 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13430 Toggle visiblility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13431 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13432 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13433 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13435 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13436 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13437 in a distinctive face.
13439 The default value can be customized with variable
13440 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13442 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13446 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
13447 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13448 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13450 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
13452 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13453 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13457 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13458 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13462 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
13463 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13465 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13466 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13467 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13468 shown in the last face in the list.
13470 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13471 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13472 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13474 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13478 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
13479 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13481 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13483 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13486 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13487 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13489 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13490 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13491 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13493 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
13495 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
13496 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13498 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13499 this function is called interactively.
13501 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13502 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13503 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13505 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13506 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13507 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13509 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
13511 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
13512 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13513 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13514 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13515 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13516 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13518 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
13520 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13521 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13522 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13523 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13524 ARG is omitted or nil.
13526 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13527 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13528 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13534 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13535 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13536 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13537 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13538 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20119 34052))
13539 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13541 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
13542 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13543 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13544 or insert functions in this list.")
13546 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
13548 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t
"\
13549 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13551 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose
"hippie-exp" t
)
13553 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil
"\
13554 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13556 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
"hippie-exp" t
)
13558 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t
"\
13559 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13561 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol
"hippie-exp" t
)
13563 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t
"\
13564 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13566 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction
"hippie-exp" t
)
13568 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil
"\
13569 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13570 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13572 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13574 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
(list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode
) "\
13575 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13576 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13579 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13581 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil
"\
13582 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13583 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13584 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13585 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13587 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13589 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13590 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13591 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13592 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13593 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13595 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13596 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13597 undoes the expansion.
13601 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13602 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13603 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13604 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13606 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil
(quote macro
))
13610 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13611 ;;;;;; (20126 50128))
13612 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13614 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13615 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13616 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13617 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13618 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13620 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13621 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13622 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13623 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13624 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13625 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13627 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13628 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13629 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13630 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13634 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
13635 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13636 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13638 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13639 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13641 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
13643 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13644 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13645 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13646 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13647 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13649 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13650 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13653 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13654 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13660 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13661 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13662 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13663 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13664 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20119 34052))
13665 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13667 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
13669 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13670 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13671 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13673 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13675 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13677 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
13679 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13681 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13683 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13685 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13687 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
13689 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
13691 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13693 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13695 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13697 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13699 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13700 User defined holidays.
13701 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13703 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13705 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13707 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13708 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13710 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
13712 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13713 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13715 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
13717 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13718 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13720 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
13722 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13723 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13725 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
13727 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
13729 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13731 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13733 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13735 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13737 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
13739 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13740 Christian holidays.
13741 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13743 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13745 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13747 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
13749 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13751 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13753 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13755 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13757 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
13759 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13761 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13763 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13765 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13767 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
13769 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
13770 Sun-related holidays.
13771 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13773 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13775 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13777 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13779 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
13780 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13781 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13782 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13786 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
13787 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13788 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13789 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13790 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13792 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13793 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13795 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13796 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13798 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13799 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13800 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13801 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13804 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13806 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
13808 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
13812 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20119
13814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13816 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
13817 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13823 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13824 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20119 34052))
13825 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13827 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
13828 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13829 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13830 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13833 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13834 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13837 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13838 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13840 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13841 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13842 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13844 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
13846 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
13847 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13848 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13850 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13852 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
13856 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13857 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20119
13859 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13861 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
13862 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13864 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13865 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13866 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13868 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13869 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13870 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13871 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13872 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13873 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13875 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13876 title of the column.
13878 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13879 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13880 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13881 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13882 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13884 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13886 (put 'define-ibuffer-column
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
13888 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13889 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13890 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13891 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13892 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13894 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13895 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13896 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13898 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13900 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
13902 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
13903 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13904 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13905 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13906 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13907 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13909 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13910 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13911 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13912 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13913 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13914 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13915 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13916 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13918 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13919 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13920 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13921 buffer's modification flag.
13922 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13923 prompted before performing this operation.
13924 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13925 operation is complete, in the form:
13926 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13927 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13928 confirmation message, in the form:
13929 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13930 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13931 macro for exactly what it does.
13933 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13935 (put 'define-ibuffer-op
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13937 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13938 Define a filter named NAME.
13939 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13940 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13941 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13943 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13944 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13945 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13946 bound to the current value of the filter.
13948 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13950 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13954 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13955 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20126 50992))
13956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
13959 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13960 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13961 buffers which are visiting a file.
13963 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13965 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
13966 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13967 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13968 buffers which are visiting a file.
13970 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13972 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
13973 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13974 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13976 All arguments are optional.
13977 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13978 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13979 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13980 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13981 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13982 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13983 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13984 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13985 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13986 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13987 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13988 that value locally in this buffer.
13990 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
13994 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13995 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13996 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20119 34052))
13997 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13999 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
14000 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14001 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14002 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14004 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14006 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
14007 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14008 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14009 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14011 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14012 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14013 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14015 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14017 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
14018 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14019 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14020 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14021 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14022 non-marking or not.
14024 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14026 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
14027 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14029 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14030 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14033 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14034 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14035 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14037 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14040 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14041 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14042 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14044 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14048 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20126
14050 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14052 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
14053 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14054 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14055 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14056 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14057 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14059 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
14061 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
14062 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14063 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14064 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14065 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14071 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20119 34052))
14072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14074 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
14075 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14076 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14077 Tab indents for Icon code.
14078 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14079 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14081 Variables controlling indentation style:
14082 icon-tab-always-indent
14083 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14084 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14086 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14087 inserted in Icon code.
14089 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14090 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14091 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14092 icon-continued-statement-offset
14093 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14094 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14095 icon-continued-brace-offset
14096 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14097 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14099 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14100 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14101 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14102 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14104 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14105 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14111 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14112 ;;;;;; (20127 25340))
14113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14115 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
14116 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14117 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14118 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14120 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14121 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14124 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14125 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14127 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14128 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14129 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14131 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14133 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
14137 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14138 ;;;;;; (20129 34279))
14139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14141 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
14142 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14144 The main features of this mode are
14146 1. Indentation and Formatting
14147 --------------------------
14148 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14149 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14151 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14152 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14153 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14154 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14156 Comments are indented as follows:
14158 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14159 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14160 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14162 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14164 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14165 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14166 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14167 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14168 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14169 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14171 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14172 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14173 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14174 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14178 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14179 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14180 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14181 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14182 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14183 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14184 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14185 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14186 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14187 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14192 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14193 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14194 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14195 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14199 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14200 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14201 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14202 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14203 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14206 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14207 --------------------------------
14208 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14209 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14211 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14212 \\fu FUNCTION template
14213 \\c CASE statement template
14214 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14215 \\f FOR loop template
14216 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14217 \\w WHILE loop template
14218 \\i IF statement template
14219 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14222 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14223 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14225 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14226 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14227 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14228 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14230 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14231 -------------------------
14232 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14233 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14235 7. Automatic END completion
14236 ------------------------
14237 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14238 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14242 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14243 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14245 9. Documentation and Customization
14246 -------------------------------
14247 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14248 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14249 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14250 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14251 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14255 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14256 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14257 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14259 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14265 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14266 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14267 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14268 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14269 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14270 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14271 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14272 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20139
14274 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14276 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
14277 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14278 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14279 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14281 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14282 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14283 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14285 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14286 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14288 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
14290 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
14291 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14292 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14293 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14294 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14295 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14296 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14297 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14298 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14302 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
14303 Switch to another buffer.
14304 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14305 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14308 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14309 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14310 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14311 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14312 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14314 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14315 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14317 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14318 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14320 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14321 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14322 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14323 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14324 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14325 in a separate window.
14326 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14327 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14328 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14329 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14330 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14331 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14332 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14333 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14334 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14338 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
14339 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14340 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14341 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14345 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
14346 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14347 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14348 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14352 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
14354 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14355 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14359 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
14360 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14361 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14362 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14366 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
14367 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14368 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14369 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14373 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
14374 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14378 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
14379 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14380 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14381 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14382 visible in another frame.
14384 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14385 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14386 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14387 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14388 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14389 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14391 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14392 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14394 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14395 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14397 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14398 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14399 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14400 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14401 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14402 in a separate window.
14403 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14404 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14405 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14406 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14407 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14408 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14409 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14410 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14411 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14412 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14413 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14414 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14415 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14416 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14417 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14421 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
14422 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14423 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14424 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14428 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
14429 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14430 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14431 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14435 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
14436 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14437 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14438 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14442 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
14443 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14444 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14445 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14449 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
14450 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14451 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14452 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14456 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
14457 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14458 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14459 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14463 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
14464 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14465 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14466 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14470 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
14471 Write current buffer to a file.
14472 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14473 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14477 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
14478 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14479 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14480 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14484 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
14485 Call `dired' the ido way.
14486 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14487 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14491 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
14492 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14493 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14494 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14495 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14496 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14498 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
14500 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
14501 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14502 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14503 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14505 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
14507 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
14508 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14509 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14510 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14512 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
14514 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
14515 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14516 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14517 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14518 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14519 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14520 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14521 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14522 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14523 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14524 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14525 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14526 with point positioned at the end.
14527 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14528 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14530 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil
)
14534 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20119 34052))
14535 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14537 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
14538 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14539 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14545 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20119 34052))
14546 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14548 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode
'iimage-mode
"24.1")
14550 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
14551 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14557 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14558 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14559 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14560 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14561 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14562 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
14563 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14565 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
14566 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14567 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14570 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
14572 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
14573 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14574 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14579 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
14580 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14581 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14584 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14586 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
14587 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14588 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14591 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14593 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
14594 Determine and return image type.
14595 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14596 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14597 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14598 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14599 use its file extension as image type.
14600 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14602 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
14604 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
14605 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14606 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14608 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
14610 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
14611 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14612 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14614 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14615 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14616 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14617 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14622 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
14624 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14625 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14626 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14627 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14628 use its file extension as image type.
14629 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14630 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14631 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14632 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14634 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14636 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14637 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14638 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14640 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14642 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
14643 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14644 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14645 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14646 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14647 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14648 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14649 POS may be an integer or marker.
14650 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14651 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14652 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14653 means display it in the right marginal area.
14655 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
14657 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
14658 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14659 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14660 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14661 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14662 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14663 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14664 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14665 means display it in the right marginal area.
14666 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14667 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14668 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14669 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14670 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14672 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
14674 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
14675 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14676 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14677 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14678 defaulted if you omit it.
14679 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14680 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14681 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14682 means display it in the right marginal area.
14683 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14685 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
14687 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
14688 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14689 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14690 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14692 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
14694 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
14695 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14697 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14699 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14700 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14701 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14702 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14703 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14704 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14705 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14706 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14709 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14711 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14713 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
14715 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
14716 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14718 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14719 documentation string.
14721 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14722 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14723 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14724 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14725 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14726 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14727 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14732 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14733 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14735 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil
(quote macro
))
14737 (put 'defimage
'doc-string-elt
'3)
14739 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types
"image" "\
14740 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14741 This adds the file types returned by `imagemagick-types'
14742 \(excluding the ones in `imagemagick-types-inhibit') to
14743 `auto-mode-alist' and `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that
14744 Emacs visits them in Image mode.
14746 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14752 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14753 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14754 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14755 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14756 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14757 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14758 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14759 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20140 44252))
14760 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14762 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14763 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14764 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14765 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14766 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14767 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14771 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
14772 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14774 Convenience command that:
14776 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14777 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14778 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14780 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14781 image files in dired and type
14782 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14784 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14786 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14787 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14789 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14791 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14792 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14793 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14794 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14795 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14798 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14799 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14800 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14802 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14803 instead of erasing it first.
14805 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14806 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14807 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14808 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14809 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14810 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14812 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
14814 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
14815 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14816 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14817 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14822 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14824 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14826 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
14827 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14831 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
14832 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14833 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14837 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
14838 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14842 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
14843 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14844 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14845 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14849 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
14850 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14854 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
14855 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14859 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
14860 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14864 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
14865 Display current image file.
14866 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14867 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14871 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
14872 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14876 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
14877 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14878 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14879 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14880 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14881 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14882 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14886 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
14887 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14888 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14895 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14896 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14897 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20126 50176))
14898 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14900 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14901 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14902 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14903 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14905 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14906 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14907 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14908 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14910 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
14912 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
14913 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14914 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14915 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14917 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14918 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14919 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14920 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14922 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
14924 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
14925 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14929 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
14930 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14931 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14932 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14934 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
14936 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
14937 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14938 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14940 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14941 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14943 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
14945 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
14946 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
14947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
14948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14949 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14951 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
14952 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14953 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14959 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14960 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20126 50186))
14961 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14963 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
14964 Major mode for image files.
14965 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14966 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14970 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
14971 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
14972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
14973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14976 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
14977 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
14980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14982 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
14983 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14984 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14985 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14986 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14987 to display an image file as the actual image.
14989 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14990 to display an image file as text initially.
14992 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14997 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
15000 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15004 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15005 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20119 34052))
15006 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15008 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
15009 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15011 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15013 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15014 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15017 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15019 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15020 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15021 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15023 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
15025 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
15026 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15028 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15029 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15030 pattern's structure.
15032 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15033 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15034 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15036 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
15038 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
15040 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
15041 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15043 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15044 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15045 called within a `save-excursion'.
15047 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15049 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
15051 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
15052 Function for finding the next index position.
15054 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15055 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15056 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15059 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15060 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15062 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
15064 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
15065 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15067 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15068 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15069 It should return the name for that index item.")
15071 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
15073 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
15074 Function to compare string with index item.
15076 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15077 non-nil if they match.
15079 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15080 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15081 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15082 arguments match\".")
15084 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
15086 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
15087 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15088 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15090 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
15091 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
15093 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
15095 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
15097 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
15098 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15099 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15100 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15104 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
15105 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15107 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15111 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
15112 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15113 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15114 for more information.
15116 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
15120 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15121 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15122 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20119 34052))
15123 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15125 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
15126 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15128 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15130 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
15133 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
15135 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15138 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
15140 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15143 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
15145 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
15146 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15148 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15152 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15153 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15154 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20119 34052))
15155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15157 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
(purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15158 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15159 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15160 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15161 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15163 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"inf-lisp" t
)
15165 (defvar inferior-lisp-program
(purecopy "lisp") "\
15166 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15168 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program
"inf-lisp" t
)
15170 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command
(purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15171 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15172 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15173 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15174 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15175 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15176 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15177 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15179 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command
"inf-lisp" t
)
15181 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt
(purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15182 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15183 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15184 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15185 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15187 This variable is only used if the variable
15188 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15190 More precise choices:
15191 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15192 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15195 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15197 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt
"inf-lisp" t
)
15199 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook
'nil
"\
15200 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15202 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
15203 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15204 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15206 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15207 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15208 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15209 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15213 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
15217 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15218 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15219 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15220 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15221 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20134 14214))
15222 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15224 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
15225 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15227 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
15228 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15230 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
15231 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15232 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15233 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15234 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15235 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15236 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15237 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15238 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15239 with the top-level Info directory.
15241 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15242 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15243 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15244 appended to the Info buffer name.
15246 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15247 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15248 in all the directories in that path.
15250 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15252 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
15254 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
15255 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15259 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
15260 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15261 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15262 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15266 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
15267 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15268 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15269 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15271 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
15273 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
15274 Go to the Info directory node.
15278 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
15279 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15280 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15281 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15282 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15283 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15285 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
15287 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
15288 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15289 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15291 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
15293 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
15294 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15295 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15296 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15297 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15299 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil
)
15301 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
15302 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15303 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15304 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15305 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15307 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15308 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15310 Selecting other nodes:
15311 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15312 Follow a node reference you click on.
15313 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15314 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15315 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15316 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15317 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15318 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15319 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15320 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15321 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15322 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15323 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15324 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15325 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15326 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15327 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15328 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15329 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15330 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15331 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15332 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15334 Moving within a node:
15335 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15336 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15337 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15338 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15339 move up to the parent node.
15340 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15341 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15343 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15346 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15347 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15348 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15349 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15350 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15351 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15352 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15353 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15354 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15355 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15356 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15357 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15358 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15359 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15360 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15361 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15364 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15366 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
15367 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15368 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15369 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15370 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15371 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15373 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
15374 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15376 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
15377 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15379 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15380 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15381 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15382 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15386 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
15387 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15388 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15392 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
15393 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15394 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15396 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15398 (autoload 'info-display-manual
"info" "\
15399 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15401 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil
)
15405 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15406 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15407 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
15408 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15410 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
15411 Throw away all cached data.
15412 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15413 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15417 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
15419 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
15420 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15421 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15422 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15423 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15424 one found at point.
15426 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15428 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15429 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
15431 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
15432 Display the documentation of a file.
15433 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15434 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15435 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15436 The default file name is the one found at point.
15438 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15440 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15442 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
15443 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15445 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15447 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
15448 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15450 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15454 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15455 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15456 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
15457 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15459 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
15460 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15461 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15462 current info file is the default.
15464 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15465 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15466 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15467 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15468 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15470 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15471 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15472 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15473 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15474 mistake in the reference.
15476 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15477 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15478 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15480 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15481 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15482 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15483 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15485 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
15487 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
15488 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15489 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15490 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15493 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15494 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15495 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15496 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15497 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15498 should be harmless.
15502 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
15503 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15504 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15505 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15507 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15508 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15509 and can take a long time.
15513 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings
"info-xref" "\
15514 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15515 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15517 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15519 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15520 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15522 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15523 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15524 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15525 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15528 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15529 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15530 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15531 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15534 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil
)
15538 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15539 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20119 34052))
15540 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15542 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
15543 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15545 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
15547 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
15548 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15550 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
15552 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
15553 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15554 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15555 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15557 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15558 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15559 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15561 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15562 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15563 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15564 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15568 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
15569 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15570 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15574 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
15575 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15576 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15577 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15578 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15584 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15585 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15586 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
15587 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15589 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15590 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15594 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15595 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15599 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
15602 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
15606 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20119
15608 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15610 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
15611 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15612 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15613 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15614 accessed via isearchb.
15620 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15621 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15622 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15623 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20119 34052))
15624 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15626 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
15627 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15628 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15629 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15630 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15632 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15634 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
15635 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15636 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15637 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15638 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15640 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15642 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
15643 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15644 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15645 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15646 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15648 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15650 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15651 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15652 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15653 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15654 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15656 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15658 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15659 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15660 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15661 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15662 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15664 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15666 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
15667 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15668 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15669 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15670 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15672 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15674 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
15675 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15676 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15677 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15678 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15680 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15682 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
15683 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15684 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15685 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15687 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15689 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15690 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15691 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15692 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15694 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15696 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15697 Warn that format is read-only.
15699 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15701 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15702 Warn that format is write-only.
15704 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15706 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
15707 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15714 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
15715 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15716 (or key-translation-map
(setq key-translation-map
(make-sparse-keymap)))
15717 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
15718 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
15722 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15723 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15724 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15725 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15726 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20139 33409))
15727 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15729 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
15731 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
15732 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15733 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15734 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15735 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15737 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
15739 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
15741 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
15742 Key map for ispell menu.")
15744 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
15745 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15746 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15747 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15749 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
15751 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15753 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15755 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
15757 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15758 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15759 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15760 Valid forms include:
15761 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15762 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15763 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15764 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15766 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15767 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15768 First list is used raw.
15769 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15771 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15772 for skipping in latex mode.")
15774 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15775 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15776 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15777 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15778 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15779 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
15780 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
15782 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
15783 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15784 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15785 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15787 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15788 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15789 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15790 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15791 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15793 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15794 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15796 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15797 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15799 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15800 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15802 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15803 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15806 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15807 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15808 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15809 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15810 quit spell session exited.
15812 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
15814 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
15815 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15816 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15818 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
15820 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
15821 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15825 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15826 SPC: Accept word this time.
15827 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15828 `a': Accept word for this session.
15829 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15830 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15831 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15832 `?': Show these commands.
15833 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15834 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15835 the aborted check to be completed later.
15836 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15837 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15838 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15839 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15840 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15841 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15842 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15846 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
15847 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15848 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15850 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil
)
15852 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
15853 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15854 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15855 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15857 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15859 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15861 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
15862 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15863 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15864 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15866 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
15868 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
15869 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15873 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
15874 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15878 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
15879 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15883 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
15884 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15885 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15886 sequence inside of a word.
15888 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15890 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
15892 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
15893 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15897 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
15898 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15899 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15900 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15902 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15903 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15904 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15905 available on the net.
15909 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
15910 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
15911 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
15912 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15913 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15915 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local mior mode. When enabled,
15916 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
15919 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
15920 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
15923 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
15924 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
15926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15928 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
15929 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15930 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15931 Don't check included messages.
15933 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15934 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15935 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15937 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15938 in your .emacs file:
15939 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15940 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15941 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15942 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15944 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15945 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15946 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15952 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20126
15954 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15956 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
15957 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15958 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15959 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15960 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15961 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15963 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
15965 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
15966 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
15967 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
15968 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15969 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15971 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
15972 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
15974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15978 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15979 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15980 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15981 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20119 34052))
15982 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15984 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
15989 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
15990 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15991 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15992 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15993 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15994 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15995 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15996 necessary to represent OBJ.
15998 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
16000 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
16001 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16002 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16003 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16005 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16007 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
16008 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16009 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16010 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16011 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16013 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
16015 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
16016 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16017 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16018 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16020 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16022 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
16023 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16024 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16025 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16027 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
16029 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
16030 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16032 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16034 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16035 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16036 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16037 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16038 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16040 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
16042 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16043 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16044 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16045 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16046 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16048 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
16050 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
16051 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16052 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16054 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
16058 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16059 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20119 34052))
16060 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16062 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
16063 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16064 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16065 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16067 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
16070 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
16072 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
16073 Uninstall jka-compr.
16074 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16075 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16076 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16082 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20119 34052))
16083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16085 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
16086 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16090 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
16094 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16095 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16096 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
16097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16099 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
16100 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16101 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16102 decimal key must be specified.")
16104 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16106 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
16107 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16108 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16109 decimal key must be specified.")
16111 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16113 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
16114 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16115 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16116 decimal key must be specified.")
16118 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16120 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
16121 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16122 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16123 decimal key must be specified.")
16125 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16127 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
16128 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16129 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16130 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16131 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16135 -------------------------------------------------------------
16136 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16137 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16138 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16139 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16140 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16141 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16142 in the global and local keymaps.
16144 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16145 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16147 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
16151 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16152 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
16153 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16155 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
16156 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16157 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16159 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16160 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16161 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16162 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16165 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16166 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16167 the context of text formatting.
16169 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
16173 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20119
16175 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16177 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
16178 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16179 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16180 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16181 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16182 positions that contains the current selection.")
16184 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
16185 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16186 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16187 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16188 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16189 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16190 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16192 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16196 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16197 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16198 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16199 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20119 34052))
16200 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16201 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
16202 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
16203 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
16204 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16205 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16206 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16207 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16209 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16210 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16212 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16214 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16215 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16216 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16217 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16218 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16220 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16222 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16223 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16224 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16226 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16227 defining the macro.
16229 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16230 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16231 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16233 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16234 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16238 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16239 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16240 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16241 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16242 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16245 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16246 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16247 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16251 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16252 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16253 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16255 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16256 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16257 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16258 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16260 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16261 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16263 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16265 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16266 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16267 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16269 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16272 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16273 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16275 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16276 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16277 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16279 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16280 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16284 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16285 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16286 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16287 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16289 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16291 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16292 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16293 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16294 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16296 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16297 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16299 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16301 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16302 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16303 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16305 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16309 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16310 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20119 34052))
16311 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16313 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16314 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16315 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16317 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16324 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16325 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
16326 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16328 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16330 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16331 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16335 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16336 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16337 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16338 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16340 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16341 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16342 none / 1 | yes | no
16347 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16348 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16349 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16355 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16356 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16357 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20119 34052))
16358 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16360 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16363 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16365 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16366 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16367 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16368 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16369 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16370 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16372 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16373 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16375 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16377 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16378 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16380 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16382 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16385 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16387 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16390 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16394 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16395 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16396 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20119 34052))
16397 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16399 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16400 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16401 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16402 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16404 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16406 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16407 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16408 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16410 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16412 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16413 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16414 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16418 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16419 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16420 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16421 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16423 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16427 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16428 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20119 34052))
16429 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16431 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16432 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16433 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16434 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16435 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16436 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16437 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16438 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16440 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16441 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16444 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16446 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16448 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16449 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16450 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16451 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16452 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16453 `latin1-display-setup'.
16455 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16457 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16458 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16459 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16460 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16463 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16465 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16469 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16470 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
16471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16473 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16474 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16480 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16481 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
16482 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16484 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16485 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16487 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16488 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16490 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16491 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16493 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16494 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16495 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16496 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16497 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16498 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16499 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16500 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16501 and transmit saved text.
16504 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16505 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16509 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16516 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20119 34052))
16517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16519 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16520 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16521 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16522 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16523 generations (this defaults to 1).
16525 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16529 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16530 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (20126 50215))
16531 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16533 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16534 Format used to display line numbers.
16535 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16536 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16537 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16538 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16540 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16542 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16543 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16545 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16546 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16548 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16552 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16553 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16554 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16557 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16559 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16561 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16562 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16563 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16564 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16565 ARG is omitted or nil.
16567 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16568 `linum-on' would do it.
16569 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16575 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20119
16577 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16579 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16580 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16581 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16582 is nil, raise an error.
16584 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16585 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16586 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16587 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16588 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16589 defined by the library.
16591 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16592 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16593 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16594 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16595 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16598 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16599 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16600 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16601 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16603 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16607 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16608 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20119 34052))
16609 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16611 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16612 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16613 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16615 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16617 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16618 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16619 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16620 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16622 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16623 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16624 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16625 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16626 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16627 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16630 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16631 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16633 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16634 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16636 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16637 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16639 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16641 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16642 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16643 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16644 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16645 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16646 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16647 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16648 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16649 to constrain a big search.
16651 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16653 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16654 except that FILTER is not optional.
16656 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16660 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20138 48832))
16661 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16663 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16664 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16665 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16667 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16668 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16669 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16670 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16671 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16673 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16674 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16675 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16676 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16677 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16679 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16680 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16681 uses the current buffer.
16683 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16687 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20119
16689 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16691 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16692 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16698 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20126
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16702 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16703 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16706 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16708 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16709 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16710 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16713 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16714 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16715 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16717 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16718 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16724 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16725 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20119
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16729 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16731 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16733 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16734 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16735 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16737 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16738 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16740 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16741 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16742 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16743 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16744 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16745 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16746 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16748 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16750 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16751 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16752 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16753 switch on this list.
16754 See `lpr-command'.")
16756 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16758 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16759 Name of program for printing a file.
16761 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16762 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16763 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16764 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16765 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16766 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16769 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16771 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16772 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16773 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16774 for customization of the printer command.
16778 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16779 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16781 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16782 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16783 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16784 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16786 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16787 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16789 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16790 for further customization of the printer command.
16794 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16795 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16796 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16797 for customization of the printer command.
16799 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16801 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16802 Paginate and print the region contents.
16804 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16805 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16806 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16807 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16809 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16810 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16812 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16813 for further customization of the printer command.
16815 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16819 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16820 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
16821 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16823 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16824 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16825 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16827 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16831 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20119
16833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16835 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16836 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16837 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16838 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16842 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16846 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20119
16848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16850 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16851 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16857 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16858 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
16859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16861 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16862 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16863 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16864 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16865 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16867 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16871 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16872 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20119 34052))
16873 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16875 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16876 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16877 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16878 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16879 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16881 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16883 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16884 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16885 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16886 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16888 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16889 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16890 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16891 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16894 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16895 use this command, and then save the file.
16897 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16899 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16900 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16901 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16902 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16903 each time the macro executes.
16904 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16905 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16906 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16907 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16908 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16909 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16910 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16914 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16915 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16916 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16917 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16919 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16920 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16921 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16924 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16925 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16927 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16928 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16929 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16930 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16931 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16933 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16936 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16937 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16938 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16940 You could enter the names in this format:
16946 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16949 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16952 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16953 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16955 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16956 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16960 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16961 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20119 34052))
16962 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16964 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16965 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16966 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16967 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16968 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16969 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16971 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16972 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16973 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16974 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16975 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16977 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16978 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16979 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16982 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16984 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16985 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16987 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16991 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16992 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16993 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
16994 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16996 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16997 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17001 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17006 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17007 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17009 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17011 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17012 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17013 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17016 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17022 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17023 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17024 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17025 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20119 34052))
17026 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17028 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17029 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17030 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17031 often correct parser.")
17033 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17035 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17036 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17037 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17038 a value which excludes your own email address.
17040 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17041 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17043 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17045 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17046 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17048 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17050 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17051 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17052 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17053 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17055 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17057 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17058 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17059 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17060 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17062 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17064 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17065 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17066 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17067 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17069 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17071 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17072 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17073 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17074 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17075 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17076 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17077 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17078 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17079 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17082 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17084 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17085 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17086 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17087 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17088 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17089 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17090 matches may be returned from the message body.
17092 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17096 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17097 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20127
17099 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17101 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17102 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17103 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17104 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17105 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17106 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17108 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17110 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17111 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17112 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17113 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17114 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17116 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17117 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17118 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17119 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17123 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17124 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17128 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17129 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17130 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17132 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17134 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17135 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17136 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17138 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17139 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17140 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17143 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17147 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17148 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17149 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20119 34052))
17150 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17152 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17153 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17154 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17156 If `parens', they look like:
17157 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17158 If `angles', they look like:
17159 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17161 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17163 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17164 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17165 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17166 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17167 their `Resent-' variants.
17169 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17170 removed from alias expansions.
17172 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17174 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17175 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17176 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17178 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17179 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17180 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17181 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17183 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17185 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17186 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17187 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17191 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17192 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17193 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17194 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17200 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17201 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17204 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17205 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17206 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17207 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17213 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17214 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17215 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20119 34052))
17216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17218 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17219 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17221 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17222 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17223 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17224 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17225 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17226 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17228 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17229 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17230 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17231 dependency, despite the colon.
17233 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17235 In the browser, use the following keys:
17237 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17239 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17241 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17242 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17244 `makefile-target-colon':
17245 The string that gets appended to all target names
17246 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17247 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17249 `makefile-macro-assign':
17250 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17251 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17252 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17253 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17254 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17255 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17257 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17258 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17259 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17261 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17262 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17264 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17265 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17266 up or down in the browser.
17268 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17269 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17271 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17272 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17274 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17275 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17276 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17277 has been selected in the browser.
17279 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17280 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17281 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17282 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17283 filenames are omitted.
17285 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17286 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17287 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17288 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17289 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17290 the backslash itself intact.
17291 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17292 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17294 `makefile-browser-hook':
17295 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17296 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17298 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17299 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17300 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17301 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17305 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17306 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17310 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17311 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17315 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17316 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17320 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17321 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17325 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17326 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17332 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20119
17334 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17336 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17337 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17338 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17344 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17345 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
17346 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17348 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17350 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17351 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17352 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17353 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17354 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17355 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17356 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17357 page, it will display immediately.
17359 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17360 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17361 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17366 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17367 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17368 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17369 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17373 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17374 otherwise look like a page name.
17379 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17380 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17381 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17385 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17387 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17388 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17390 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17392 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17393 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17395 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17399 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20126 50238))
17400 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17402 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17403 Toggle Master mode.
17404 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17405 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17406 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17408 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17409 using the following commands:
17411 \\{master-mode-map}
17413 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17414 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17415 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17421 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17422 ;;;;;; (20126 50247))
17423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17425 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17426 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17427 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17428 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17429 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17430 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17432 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17434 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17435 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17436 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17437 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17438 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17440 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17441 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17442 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17443 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17449 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17450 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17451 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17452 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17453 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17454 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17455 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20136 50092))
17456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17458 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17460 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17461 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17462 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17463 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17464 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17465 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17466 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17467 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17468 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17469 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17470 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17471 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17472 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17473 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17474 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17475 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17476 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17477 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17478 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17479 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17480 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17481 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17482 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17483 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17484 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17485 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17486 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17487 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17488 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17489 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17490 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17491 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17492 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17493 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17494 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17495 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17496 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17497 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17501 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17502 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17503 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17504 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17505 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17507 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17509 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17510 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17512 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17514 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17515 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17517 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17519 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17520 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17522 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17524 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17525 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17526 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17528 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17530 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17531 Cancel an article you posted.
17532 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17536 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17537 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17538 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17539 header line with the old Message-ID.
17543 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17544 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17548 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17549 Forward the current message via mail.
17550 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17551 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17553 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17555 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17558 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17560 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17563 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17565 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17566 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17570 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17571 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17573 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17575 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17576 Re-mail the current message.
17577 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17578 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17583 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17584 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17586 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17588 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17589 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17591 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17593 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17594 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17596 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17598 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17599 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17601 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17603 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17604 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17605 Works by overstriking characters.
17606 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17607 which specify the range to operate on.
17609 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17611 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17612 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17613 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17614 which specify the range to operate on.
17616 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17620 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17621 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
17622 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17624 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17625 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17629 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17630 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17636 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17637 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17638 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
17639 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17641 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17642 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17643 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17647 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17648 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17649 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17650 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17651 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17652 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17653 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17655 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17657 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17658 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17659 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17660 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17661 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17663 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17664 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17666 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17668 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17669 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17670 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17671 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17672 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17674 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17675 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17677 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17681 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17682 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17683 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20119 34052))
17684 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17686 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17687 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17688 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17692 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17693 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17694 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17698 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17699 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17701 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17702 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17703 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17705 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17706 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17708 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17709 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17711 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17713 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17715 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17716 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17717 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17718 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17719 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17722 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17723 initial Subject field, respectively.
17725 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17726 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17729 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17730 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17732 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17734 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17735 Save draft and send message.
17737 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17738 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17739 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17742 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17743 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17744 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17746 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17747 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17748 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17749 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17750 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17751 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17753 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17754 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17756 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17757 message and scan line.
17759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17761 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17762 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17764 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17765 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17766 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17767 delete the draft message.
17773 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20119 34052))
17774 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17776 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17778 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17780 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17782 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17783 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17789 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17790 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20119 34052))
17791 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17793 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17794 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17795 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17797 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17798 the MH mail system.
17800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17802 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17803 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17804 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17806 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17807 the MH mail system.
17809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17811 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17812 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17814 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17815 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17816 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17819 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17820 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17821 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17824 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17828 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17829 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17830 can be used in several ways.
17832 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17833 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17834 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17835 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17839 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17840 The range must be nonempty.
17845 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17846 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17853 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17856 All of the messages.
17858 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17859 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17861 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17862 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17863 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17865 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17871 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17872 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20119 34052))
17873 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17875 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17876 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17877 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17878 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17879 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17880 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17881 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17882 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17883 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17884 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17885 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17889 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17890 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17891 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17892 to its second argument TM.
17894 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17898 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17899 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20126 50271))
17900 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17902 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17903 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17904 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17906 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17907 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17909 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17911 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17912 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
17914 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17915 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17917 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
17918 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
17919 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
17920 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
17921 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
17922 is modified to remove the default indication.
17924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17928 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
17929 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
17930 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17932 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17933 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17934 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17935 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17936 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17937 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17938 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17939 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17940 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17944 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
17945 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
17946 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
17947 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
17948 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
17949 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
17950 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
17951 The return value is always nil.
17953 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
17957 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17958 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17959 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20119 34052))
17960 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17961 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17963 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17964 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17966 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17967 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17968 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17971 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17972 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17973 end of the search space).
17975 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17976 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17977 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17978 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17979 should return the previous buffer to search.
17981 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17982 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17983 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17985 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17986 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17987 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17990 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17991 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17992 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17994 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17995 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17996 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18000 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18001 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18002 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18003 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18004 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18005 whose names match the specified regexp.
18007 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18009 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18010 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18011 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18012 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18013 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18014 whose names match the specified regexp.
18016 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18018 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18019 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18020 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18021 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18022 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18023 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18024 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18026 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18028 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18029 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18030 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18031 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18032 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18033 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18034 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18036 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18040 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18041 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
18042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18044 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18045 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18051 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18052 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
18053 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18055 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18056 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18058 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18062 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18063 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20119 34052))
18064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18066 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18067 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18069 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18071 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18072 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18073 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18074 the entire message.
18075 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18077 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18081 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18082 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
18083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18085 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18086 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18087 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18088 the entire message.
18089 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18091 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18095 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18096 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20119 34052))
18097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18099 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18100 Insert file contents of URL.
18101 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18103 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18105 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18106 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18108 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18112 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18113 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20119 34052))
18114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18116 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18117 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18118 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18119 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18120 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18122 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18124 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18125 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18126 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18128 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18132 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18133 ;;;;;; (20136 50092))
18134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18136 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18137 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18141 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18142 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18143 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18144 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
18146 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18147 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18148 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18149 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18150 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18151 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18153 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18157 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18158 ;;;;;; (20124 17058))
18159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18161 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18164 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18166 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18169 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18173 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18174 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18175 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20124 17058))
18176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18178 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18181 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18183 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18186 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18188 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18191 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18193 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18196 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18198 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18201 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18203 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18206 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18208 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18215 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20119
18217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18219 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18221 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18222 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18223 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18224 followed by the first character of the construct.
18226 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18227 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18228 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18229 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18230 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18231 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18232 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18233 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18234 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18235 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18236 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18237 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18238 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18241 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18242 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18243 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18249 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18250 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20119 34052))
18251 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18253 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18254 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18256 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18258 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18259 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18261 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18263 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18264 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18266 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18268 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18269 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18271 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18275 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18276 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20119 34052))
18277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18279 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18280 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18282 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18283 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18284 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18286 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18287 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18288 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18290 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18291 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18293 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18294 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18295 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18296 hemisphere you're in.)
18298 To test this function, evaluate:
18299 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18301 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18303 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18304 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18306 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18307 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18309 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18310 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18311 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18313 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18314 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18316 To test this function, evaluate:
18317 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18319 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18323 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (20126
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18327 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18328 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18329 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18332 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18334 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18336 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18337 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18338 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mouse Sel mode if ARG is
18339 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18340 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18342 Mouse Sel mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, mouse
18343 selection is enhanced in various ways:
18345 - Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18346 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18347 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18348 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18349 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18351 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18352 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18353 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18354 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18355 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18357 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18358 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18360 - mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection to the
18361 kill ring; mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18367 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20120 43280))
18368 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18370 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18371 Main entry point for MPC.
18377 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20119 34052))
18378 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18380 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18381 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18387 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20126 50286))
18388 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18390 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18391 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18392 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18395 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18397 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18399 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18402 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18403 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18405 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18406 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18412 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18413 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18414 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18415 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18416 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18417 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
18418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18420 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18421 Display a list of all character sets.
18423 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18424 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18425 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18426 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18427 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18429 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18430 but still shows the full information.
18434 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18435 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18436 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18438 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18439 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18440 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18441 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18442 meanings of these arguments.
18444 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18446 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18447 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18449 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18451 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18452 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18454 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18456 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18457 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18459 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18461 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18462 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18464 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18465 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18467 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18468 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18469 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18470 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18471 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18472 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18473 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18474 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18475 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18476 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18477 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18478 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18479 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18480 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18481 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18482 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18486 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18487 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18491 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18492 Display a list of all coding systems.
18493 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18495 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18496 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18500 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18501 Display a list of all coding categories.
18505 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18506 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18507 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18509 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18511 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18512 Display information about FONTSET.
18513 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18515 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18517 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18518 Display a list of all fontsets.
18519 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18520 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18521 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18525 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18526 Display information about all input methods.
18530 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18531 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18533 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18534 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18535 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18536 system which uses fontsets).
18540 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18541 Show log of font listing and opening.
18542 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18543 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18545 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18549 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18550 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18551 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18552 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18553 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18554 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20119 34052))
18555 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18557 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18558 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18559 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18561 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18563 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18565 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18566 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18568 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18569 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18571 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18572 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18574 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18576 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18577 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18578 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18579 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18580 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18581 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18582 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18584 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18585 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18586 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18587 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18588 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18589 middle of a character in STR.
18591 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18592 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18594 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18595 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18596 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18597 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18598 defaults to \"...\".
18600 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18602 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18603 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18605 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18606 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18607 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18609 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18610 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18611 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18613 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18614 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18615 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18617 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18618 longer than KEYSEQ.
18619 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18621 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18623 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18624 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18625 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18626 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18627 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18628 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18629 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18630 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18631 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18632 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18633 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18635 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18637 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18638 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18640 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18642 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18643 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18645 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18647 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18648 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18650 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18652 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18653 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18655 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18657 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18658 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18659 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18660 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18661 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18663 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18664 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18666 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18667 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18668 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18669 coding systems ordered by priority.
18671 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18673 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18674 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18675 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18676 language environment LANG-ENV.
18678 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18680 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18681 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18682 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18683 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18684 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18685 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18687 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18691 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18692 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18693 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18694 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20119
18696 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18698 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18699 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18703 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18704 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18708 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18709 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18713 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18714 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18718 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18719 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18723 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18724 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18726 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18728 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18730 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18731 `ping-program-options'.
18735 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18736 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18740 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18741 Run nslookup program.
18745 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18746 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18750 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18755 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18760 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18761 Finger USER on HOST.
18763 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18765 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18766 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18767 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18768 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18770 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18772 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18777 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18778 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18780 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18782 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18783 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18785 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18789 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20119
18791 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18793 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18794 Return a user name/password pair.
18795 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18796 listed in the PORTS list.
18798 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18802 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18803 ;;;;;; (20121 47865))
18804 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18806 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18807 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18808 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18809 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18810 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18813 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18815 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18816 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18817 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18818 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18819 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18820 a port number to connect to.
18822 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18825 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18827 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18828 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18829 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18830 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18831 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18832 an unencrypted connection.
18833 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18834 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18835 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18836 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18837 returned object is a killed process.
18838 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18839 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18840 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18842 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18843 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18844 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18845 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18846 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18847 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18848 or nil if none could be found.
18849 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18850 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18852 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18854 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18855 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18856 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18858 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18859 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18860 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18862 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18863 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18864 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18866 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18867 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18868 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18869 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18871 :always-query-capabilies says whether to query the server for
18872 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18874 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18875 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18876 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18877 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18878 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18879 or STARTTLS connections.
18881 If :use-starttls-if-possible is non-nil, do opportunistic
18882 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS
18885 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18886 asynchronously, if possible.
18888 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18890 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18894 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18895 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18896 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18897 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18898 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18899 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (20119 34052))
18900 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18902 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18904 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18906 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18908 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18910 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18911 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18912 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18913 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18914 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18915 Major modes should set this variable.")
18917 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18918 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18919 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18920 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18921 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18922 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18924 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18925 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18927 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18928 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18929 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18931 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18932 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18933 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18934 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18935 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18937 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18938 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
18939 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18941 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18942 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18943 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18944 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18946 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18947 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18948 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18949 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18950 column indentation or nil.
18951 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18953 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18954 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18955 The function has no args.
18957 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18958 comments always start in column zero.")
18960 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18961 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18962 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18964 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18966 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18967 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18968 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18969 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18971 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18972 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18974 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18976 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18977 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18978 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18979 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18980 customize this variable.
18982 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18983 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18985 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18987 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18988 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18989 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18990 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18991 the variables are properly set.
18993 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18995 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18996 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19000 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19001 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19002 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19004 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19006 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19007 Set the comment column based on point.
19008 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19009 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19010 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19011 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19015 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19016 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19017 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19021 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19022 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19023 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19026 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19028 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19029 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19030 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19031 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19032 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19034 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
19035 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
19036 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
19038 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
19039 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
19040 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
19041 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
19042 changed with `comment-style'.
19044 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19046 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19047 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19048 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19049 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19051 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19053 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19054 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19055 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19056 is passed on to the respective function.
19058 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19060 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19061 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19062 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19063 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19064 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19065 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19066 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19067 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19068 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19069 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19073 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19074 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19075 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19077 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19079 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19080 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19081 This indents the body of the continued comment
19082 under the previous comment line.
19084 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19085 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19086 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19088 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19089 or comment indentation.
19091 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19092 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19094 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19098 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19099 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20119 34052))
19100 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19102 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19103 Check whether newsticker is running.
19104 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19105 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19109 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19110 Start the newsticker.
19111 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19112 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19113 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19114 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19116 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19120 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19121 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
19122 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19124 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19125 Start newsticker plainview.
19131 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19132 ;;;;;; (20139 41953))
19133 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19135 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19136 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19142 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19143 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20119 34052))
19144 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19146 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19147 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19148 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19149 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19154 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19155 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19156 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19163 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19164 ;;;;;; (20141 61905))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19167 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19168 Start newsticker treeview.
19174 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19175 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
19176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19178 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19179 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19181 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19185 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20119
19187 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19189 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19190 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19191 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19192 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19193 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19194 symbol in the alist.
19196 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19200 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19201 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
19202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19204 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19205 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19206 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19212 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19213 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
19214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19216 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19217 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19219 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19223 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19224 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20119 34052))
19225 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19227 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19228 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19229 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19231 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19233 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19236 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19238 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19239 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19240 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19241 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19242 to future sessions.
19244 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19246 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19247 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19248 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19249 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19250 to future sessions.
19252 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19256 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19257 ;;;;;; (20127 24590))
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19260 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19261 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19263 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19264 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19265 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19271 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19272 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
19273 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19275 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19276 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19277 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19278 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19280 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19284 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20119
19286 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19288 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19289 Major mode for editing XML.
19291 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19292 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19293 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19294 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19295 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19296 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19297 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19299 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19301 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19302 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19304 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19305 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19306 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19307 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19310 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19311 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19312 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19313 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19314 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19315 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19317 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19318 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19319 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19321 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19322 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19323 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19325 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19326 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19327 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19328 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19329 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19330 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19331 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19332 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19333 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19335 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19337 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19338 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19342 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19346 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19347 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20119 34052))
19348 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19350 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19351 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19352 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19353 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19359 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19360 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19361 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19362 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19363 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks org-babel-map-src-blocks
19364 ;;;;;; org-babel-open-src-block-result org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code
19365 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session
19366 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19367 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19368 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19369 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19370 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20119 34052))
19371 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19373 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19378 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19383 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19384 Display information on the current source block.
19385 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19386 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19390 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19391 Conditionally expand a source block.
19392 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19393 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19397 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19398 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19399 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19400 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19404 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19405 Conditionally pop to a session.
19406 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19407 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19411 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19412 Execute the current source code block.
19413 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19414 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19415 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19417 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if a an
19418 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
19421 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19422 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19424 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19425 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19428 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19430 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19431 Expand the current source code block.
19432 Expand according to the source code block's header
19433 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19435 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19437 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19438 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19442 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19443 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19444 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19445 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19448 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19450 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19451 Initiate session for current code block.
19452 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19453 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19454 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19456 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19458 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19459 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19460 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19461 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19462 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19464 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19466 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19467 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19469 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19471 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19472 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19473 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19474 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19475 results already exist.
19477 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19479 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19480 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19481 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19482 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19483 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19485 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19486 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19487 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19488 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19489 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19490 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19491 switches --------- string holding the switches
19492 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19493 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19494 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19495 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19496 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19497 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19498 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19499 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19501 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19503 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19505 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19506 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19507 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19510 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19512 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19514 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19515 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19516 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19517 the current buffer.
19519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19521 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19522 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19523 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19524 the current subtree.
19526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19528 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19529 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19531 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19533 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19534 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19538 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19539 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19543 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19544 Go to a named source-code block.
19548 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19549 Go to a named result.
19553 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19554 Jump to the next source block.
19555 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19559 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19560 Jump to the previous source block.
19561 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19565 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19566 Mark current src block
19572 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19573 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
19574 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19576 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19577 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19583 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19584 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20119 34052))
19585 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19587 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19588 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19589 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19591 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19593 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19594 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19595 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19596 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19600 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19601 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19607 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19608 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19609 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
19610 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19612 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19613 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19614 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19615 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19616 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19617 then the name of the language is used.")
19619 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19621 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19622 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19623 This function exports the source code using
19624 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19629 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19630 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19631 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19632 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19633 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19634 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19636 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19638 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19639 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19640 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19641 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19642 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19643 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19644 exported source code blocks by language.
19646 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19650 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19651 ;;;;;; (20136 50092))
19652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19654 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19655 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19656 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19658 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19660 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19661 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19663 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19664 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19665 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19669 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19673 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19674 ;;;;;; (20136 50092))
19675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19677 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19678 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19680 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19681 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19682 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19683 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19685 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19686 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19687 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19688 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19689 is why you need this mode!).
19691 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19692 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19693 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19695 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19700 \\{octave-mode-map}
19702 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19703 ==============================================
19705 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19706 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19707 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19709 `octave-block-offset'
19710 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19713 `octave-continuation-offset'
19714 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19717 `octave-continuation-string'
19718 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19719 Default is a backslash.
19721 `octave-send-echo-input'
19722 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19723 command to the inferior Octave process.
19725 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19726 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19727 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19729 `octave-send-echo-input'
19730 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19732 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19734 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19735 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19737 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19739 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19740 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19742 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19745 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19747 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19748 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19749 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19750 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19756 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19757 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19758 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19759 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19760 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19761 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19762 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
19763 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19765 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19766 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19768 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19770 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19771 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19772 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19774 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19775 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19776 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19777 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19778 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19779 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19780 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19781 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19782 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19783 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19785 The following commands are available:
19791 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19793 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19794 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19795 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19796 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19800 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19801 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19802 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19803 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19804 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19805 defined by Org-mode).
19807 M-up Move entry/item up
19808 M-down Move entry/item down
19811 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19812 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19813 M-S-left Promote subtree
19814 M-S-right Demote subtree
19815 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19817 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19818 TAB Cycle item visibility
19819 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19820 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19821 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19825 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19826 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19830 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19831 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19835 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19836 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19837 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19838 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19841 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19843 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19844 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19845 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19846 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19848 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19849 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19850 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19854 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19855 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19856 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19860 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19861 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19862 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19867 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19868 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19870 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19872 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19873 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19875 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19876 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19877 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19878 returned as a list.
19880 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19881 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19882 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19883 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19884 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19885 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19886 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19887 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19888 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19891 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19892 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19893 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19894 visited by the iteration.
19896 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19898 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19899 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19900 region The entries within the active region, if any
19901 file The current buffer, without restriction
19903 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19904 agenda All agenda files
19905 agenda-with-archives
19906 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19908 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19910 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19911 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19913 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19914 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19915 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19916 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19917 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19918 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19919 function leaves it.
19921 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19922 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19923 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19924 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19925 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19926 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19927 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19928 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19930 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19932 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19933 Switch between Org buffers.
19934 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19935 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19937 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19938 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19942 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19944 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19946 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19947 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19948 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19949 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19953 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19954 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19956 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19958 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19959 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19960 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19964 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19969 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19970 Reload all org lisp files.
19971 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19973 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19975 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19976 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19982 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19983 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19984 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19985 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19986 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20119 34052))
19987 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19989 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19990 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19991 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19992 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19994 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19995 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19996 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19997 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19998 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19999 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20000 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20001 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20002 e Export views to associated files.
20003 s Search entries for keywords.
20004 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20005 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20006 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20007 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20008 > Remove a previous restriction.
20009 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20010 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20011 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20013 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20014 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20015 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20017 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20018 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20019 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20020 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20023 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20025 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20026 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20027 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20028 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20029 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20030 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20031 before running the agenda command.
20033 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20035 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20036 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20037 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20038 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20039 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20040 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20041 before running the agenda command.
20043 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20044 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20046 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20048 category The category of the item
20049 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20050 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20051 todo selected in TODO match
20052 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20053 diary imported from diary
20054 deadline a deadline on given date
20055 scheduled scheduled on given date
20056 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20057 closed entry was closed on given date
20058 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20059 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20060 block entry has date block including g. date
20061 todo The todo keyword, if any
20062 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20063 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20064 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20065 extra Sting with extra planning info
20066 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20067 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20068 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20070 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20072 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20075 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20077 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20078 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20080 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20082 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20083 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20084 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20085 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20087 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20088 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20089 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20091 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20092 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20094 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20096 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20097 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20099 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20100 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20101 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20102 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20105 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20106 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20107 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20108 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20109 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20110 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20112 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20113 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20114 including newlines.
20116 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20117 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20118 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20119 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20120 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20121 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20122 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20124 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20125 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20126 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20127 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20129 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20130 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20131 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20132 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20133 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20134 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20135 Boolean search must match as full words.
20137 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20138 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20140 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20142 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20143 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20144 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20145 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20146 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20147 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20151 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20152 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20153 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20155 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20157 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20158 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20159 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20160 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20161 `org-stuck-projects'.
20163 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20165 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20166 Return diary information from org-files.
20167 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20168 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20169 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20170 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20171 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20173 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20175 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20177 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20178 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20182 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20183 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20184 So the example above may also be written as
20186 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20188 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20189 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20190 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20192 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20194 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20195 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20197 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20199 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20200 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20201 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20205 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20206 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20207 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20210 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20211 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20213 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20214 for filtering entries out.
20216 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20217 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20219 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20220 (category \"Work\"))
20222 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20223 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20225 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20229 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20230 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20231 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
20232 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20234 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20235 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20236 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20240 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20241 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20242 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20248 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20249 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20250 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20251 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20119
20253 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20255 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20256 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20258 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20260 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20261 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20263 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20265 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20266 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20268 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20270 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20271 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20273 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20275 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20276 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20277 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20281 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20282 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20283 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20284 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20285 command to convert it.
20287 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20289 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20290 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20291 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20292 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20293 cut-and-paste operations.
20294 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20295 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20296 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20297 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20299 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20301 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20302 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20304 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20306 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20307 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20308 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20309 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20310 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20311 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20312 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20313 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20314 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20315 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20316 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20317 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20318 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20319 publishing directory.
20321 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20325 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20119
20327 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20329 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20330 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20331 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20337 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20338 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
20339 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20341 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20342 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20348 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20349 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20119 34052))
20350 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20352 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20354 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20355 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20356 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20357 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20358 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20359 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20361 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20362 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20363 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20366 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20368 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20369 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20372 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20374 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20379 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20380 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20386 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20387 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20119 34052))
20388 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20390 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20391 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20392 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20393 fontified, and then returned.
20395 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20397 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20398 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20404 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20405 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20119 34052))
20406 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20408 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20409 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20410 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20411 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20414 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20418 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20419 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20420 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20421 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20119 34052))
20422 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20424 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20425 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20426 This function can be used in batch processing.
20431 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20432 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20436 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20437 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20438 No file is created.
20442 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20443 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20444 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20445 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20446 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20447 then use this command to convert it.
20449 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20451 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20452 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20453 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20454 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20455 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20456 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20457 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20458 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20459 could call this function in the following way:
20461 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20463 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20464 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20466 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20468 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20469 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20471 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20473 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20474 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20478 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20479 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20480 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20481 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20482 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20483 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20484 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20485 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20486 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20487 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20488 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20489 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20490 publishing directory.
20492 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20496 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20497 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20498 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
20499 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20501 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20502 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20503 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20504 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20505 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20507 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20508 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20509 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20511 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20512 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20513 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20517 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20518 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20519 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20520 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20521 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20522 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20523 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20524 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20527 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20529 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20530 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20531 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20532 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20533 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20535 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20536 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20537 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20538 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20540 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20541 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20542 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20544 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20545 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20546 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20549 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20551 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20552 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20558 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20559 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20119
20561 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20563 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20564 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20568 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20569 Get inbox items from FEED.
20570 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20571 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20573 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20575 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20576 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20580 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20581 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20587 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20588 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20119 34052))
20589 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20591 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20592 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20594 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20596 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20597 to create them otherwise.
20599 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20602 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20604 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20606 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20607 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20609 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20610 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20611 Org-mode exporters.
20613 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20614 referenced sequence.
20616 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20617 export properties of the buffer.
20619 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20620 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing buffer.
20621 Some exporters like docbook, odt, etc. expect that footnote
20622 definitions be available before any references to them. Such
20623 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor' to
20624 symbol 'point-min to achieve the desired behaviour.
20626 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20627 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20628 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20629 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20630 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20632 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20636 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20637 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20638 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20639 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20119 34052))
20640 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20642 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20643 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20644 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20645 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20646 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20647 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20648 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20649 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20650 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20651 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20652 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20653 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20656 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20658 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20660 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20661 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20663 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20665 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20666 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20667 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20669 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20671 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20672 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20673 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20674 have them in `org-mode'.
20676 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20677 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20678 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20679 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20680 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20681 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20683 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20685 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20686 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20688 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20690 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20691 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20693 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20697 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20698 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20699 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20700 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20119 34052))
20701 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20703 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20705 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20707 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20709 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20710 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20711 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20712 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20713 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20717 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20718 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20719 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20721 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20722 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20723 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20727 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20728 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20729 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20733 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20734 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20735 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20736 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20737 command to convert it.
20739 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20741 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20742 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20743 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20744 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20745 cut-and-paste operations.
20746 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20747 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20748 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20749 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20751 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20753 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20754 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20756 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20758 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20759 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20760 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20761 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20762 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20763 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20764 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20765 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20766 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20767 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20768 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20769 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20770 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20771 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20772 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20774 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20776 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20777 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20778 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20779 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20780 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20781 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20782 need into your CSS file.
20784 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20785 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20786 that uses these same face definitions.
20792 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20793 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20794 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
20795 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20797 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20798 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20799 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20800 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20804 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20805 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20806 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20807 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20811 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20812 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20813 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20819 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20820 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20821 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20822 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
20823 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20825 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20826 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20827 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20828 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20830 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20832 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20833 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20834 Create an ID if necessary.
20838 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20839 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20840 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20841 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20842 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20843 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20844 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20846 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20848 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20849 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20850 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20851 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20853 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20855 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20857 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20858 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20859 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20860 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20862 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20864 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20865 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20866 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20870 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20871 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20872 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20873 if there is no entry with that ID.
20874 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20876 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20878 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20879 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20883 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20884 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20890 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20891 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
20892 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20894 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20895 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20897 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20898 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20899 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20905 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20906 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
20907 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20909 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20910 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20916 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20917 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20918 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20919 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
20920 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20922 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20923 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20927 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20928 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20929 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20933 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20934 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20935 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20939 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20940 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20941 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20942 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20943 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20944 then use this command to convert it.
20946 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20948 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20949 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20950 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20951 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20952 cut-and-paste operations.
20953 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20954 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20955 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20956 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20958 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20960 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20961 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20963 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20965 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20966 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20967 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20968 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20969 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20970 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20971 convert them as description lists.
20972 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20973 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20974 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20975 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20976 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20977 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20978 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20979 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20980 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20981 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20982 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20984 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20986 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20987 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20989 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20991 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20992 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20998 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20999 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20119
21001 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21003 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21004 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21005 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21006 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21010 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21011 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21012 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21013 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21017 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21018 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21024 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21025 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
21026 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21028 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21029 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21030 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21031 line directly before or after the table.
21033 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21037 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21038 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21039 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
21040 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21042 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21044 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21047 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21049 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21050 Publish all projects.
21051 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21052 directory and force publishing all files.
21054 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21056 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21057 Publish the current file.
21058 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21060 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21062 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21063 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21064 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21067 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21071 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21072 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21073 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20119 34052))
21074 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21076 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21077 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21081 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21082 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21083 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21084 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21085 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21089 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21090 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21091 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21092 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21094 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21096 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21097 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21098 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21099 of the remember buffer.
21101 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21102 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21103 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21104 note stored by remember.
21106 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21107 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21109 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21111 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21112 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21113 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21114 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21115 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21116 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21117 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21118 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21119 process is used to select the target location.
21121 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21122 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21124 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21125 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21128 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21129 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21130 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21131 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21133 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21134 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21135 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21136 some additional data.
21138 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21139 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21140 \(i.e. after the stars).
21142 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21148 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
21149 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20119 34052))
21150 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21152 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21153 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21157 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21158 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21162 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21163 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21164 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21165 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21166 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21168 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21172 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21173 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20119 34052))
21174 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21176 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21177 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21178 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21179 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21180 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21181 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21182 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21183 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21184 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21185 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21186 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21187 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21191 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21192 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21193 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21199 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21200 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21201 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
21202 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21204 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21205 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21206 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21207 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21208 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21209 without user interaction.
21210 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21211 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21212 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21213 the region 0:00:00.
21215 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21217 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21218 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21219 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21220 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21221 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21222 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21223 that was not started at the correct moment.
21225 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21228 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21230 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21231 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21233 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21235 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21236 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21240 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21241 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21243 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21244 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21245 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21247 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21248 the duration of the timer.
21250 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21251 without prompting the user for a duration.
21253 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21254 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21255 replace any running timer.
21257 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21261 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21262 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
21263 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21265 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21266 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21267 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21269 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21273 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21274 ;;;;;; (20126 50306))
21275 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21276 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21277 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21279 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21280 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21281 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21282 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21284 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21285 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21286 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21287 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21289 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21290 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21291 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21292 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21293 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21294 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21296 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21297 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21298 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21300 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21301 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21302 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21303 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21304 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21305 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21306 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21307 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21308 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21309 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21310 The subheadings remain visible.
21311 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21313 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21314 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21315 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21317 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21318 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21322 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21323 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21324 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21325 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21326 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21328 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21331 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21335 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21336 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21337 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21338 ;;;;;; (20139 30186))
21339 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21341 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21342 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21343 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21344 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21345 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21347 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21348 activate the package system at any time.")
21350 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21352 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21353 Install the package named NAME.
21354 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21355 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21359 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21360 Install a package from the current buffer.
21361 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21362 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21363 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21365 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21366 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21367 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21369 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21371 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21372 Install a package from a file.
21373 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21377 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21378 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21379 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21380 makes them available for download.
21384 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21385 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21386 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21387 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21389 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21391 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21392 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21394 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21396 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21397 Display a list of packages.
21398 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21399 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21400 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21402 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21404 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21408 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20126 50320))
21409 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21411 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21412 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21413 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21414 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21415 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21416 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21418 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21420 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21421 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21422 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21423 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21424 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21426 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21427 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21428 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21434 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21435 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
21436 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21437 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21439 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21440 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21441 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21442 unknown are returned as nil.
21444 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21448 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20119
21450 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21452 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21453 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21454 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21456 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21457 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21459 Other useful functions are:
21461 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21462 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21463 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21464 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21465 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21466 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21467 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21468 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21469 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21471 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21473 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21474 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21475 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21476 Indentation for case statements.
21477 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21478 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21480 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21481 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21482 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21483 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21484 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21485 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21486 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21487 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21488 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21489 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21491 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21492 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21494 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21495 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21501 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21502 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20119 34052))
21503 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21505 (defvar password-cache t "\
21506 Whether to cache passwords.")
21508 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21510 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21511 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21512 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21514 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21516 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21517 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21519 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21523 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21524 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
21525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21527 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21528 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21529 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21531 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21532 _ matches anything.
21533 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21534 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21535 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21536 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21537 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21538 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21539 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21540 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21541 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21543 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21544 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21545 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21546 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21547 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21548 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21550 PRED can take the form
21551 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21552 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21553 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21554 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21555 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21556 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21557 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21559 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21561 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21563 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21564 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21565 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21566 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21568 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21570 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21572 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21573 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21574 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21575 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21577 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21579 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21583 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20119
21585 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21587 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21588 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21594 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21595 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20119 34052))
21596 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21598 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21599 Completion for `gzip'.
21603 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21604 Completion for `bzip2'.
21608 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21609 Completion for GNU `make'.
21613 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21614 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21618 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21622 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21623 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20119 34052))
21624 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21626 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21627 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21631 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21632 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21636 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21637 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21643 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20119
21645 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21647 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21648 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21654 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21655 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21656 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20120 43280))
21657 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21659 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21660 Completion for `cd'.
21664 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21666 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21667 Completion for `rmdir'.
21671 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21672 Completion for `rm'.
21676 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21677 Completion for `xargs'.
21681 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21683 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21684 Completion for `which'.
21688 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21689 Completion for the `chown' command.
21693 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21694 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21698 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21699 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21703 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21704 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21705 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21711 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21712 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21713 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20119
21715 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21717 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21718 Support extensible programmable completion.
21719 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21720 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21722 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21724 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21725 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21729 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21730 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21731 This will modify the current buffer.
21735 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21736 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21740 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21741 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21742 This will modify the current buffer.
21746 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21747 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21751 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21752 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21756 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21757 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21758 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21759 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21760 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21762 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21764 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21765 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21771 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21772 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21773 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20119 34052))
21774 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21776 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21777 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21778 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21779 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21781 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21783 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21785 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21786 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21787 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21788 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21789 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21790 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21793 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21795 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21796 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21797 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21798 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21799 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21800 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21801 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21802 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21804 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21806 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21807 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21808 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21809 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21810 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21811 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21812 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21815 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21817 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21818 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21819 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21820 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21821 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21822 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21823 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21825 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21827 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21828 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21829 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21831 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21833 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21834 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21835 A value of nil means never do it.
21836 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21837 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21838 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21840 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21842 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21843 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21844 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20119 34052))
21849 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21851 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21855 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21856 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
21857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21858 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21859 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21860 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21861 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21862 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21863 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21865 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21866 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21867 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21868 Tab indents for Perl code.
21869 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21870 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21871 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21873 Variables controlling indentation style:
21874 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21875 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21876 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21877 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21878 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21879 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21880 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21882 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21883 `perl-indent-level'
21884 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21885 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21886 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21887 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21888 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21889 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21890 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21891 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21892 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21893 `perl-brace-offset'
21894 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21895 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21896 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21897 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21898 `perl-label-offset'
21899 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21900 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21901 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21903 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21904 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21905 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21906 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21907 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21908 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21909 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21911 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21917 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21918 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
21919 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21921 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21922 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21923 \\<picture-mode-map>
21924 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21925 afterwards settable by these commands:
21927 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21928 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21929 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21930 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21932 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21933 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21934 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21935 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21937 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21938 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21939 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21940 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21942 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21943 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21944 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21945 with these commands:
21947 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21948 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21949 Move to column following last
21950 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21951 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21952 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21953 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21954 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21955 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21957 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21959 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21960 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21961 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21962 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21963 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21964 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21966 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21967 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21968 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21969 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21970 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21971 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21972 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21974 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21975 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21976 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21977 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21978 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21979 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21980 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21981 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21983 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21984 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21985 by supplying an argument.
21987 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21989 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21990 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21994 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21998 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20119
22000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22002 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22003 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22005 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22009 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22010 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
22011 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22013 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22014 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22015 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22017 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22021 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20119 34052))
22022 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22024 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22025 Play pong and waste time.
22026 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22027 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22029 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22037 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20119 34052))
22038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22040 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22041 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22042 Use streaming commands.
22044 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22048 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22049 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22050 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
22051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22053 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22054 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22055 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22056 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22058 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22060 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22061 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22065 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22066 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22067 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22068 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22069 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22071 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22073 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22074 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22075 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22077 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22079 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22080 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22082 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22084 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22085 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22086 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22087 Ignores leading comment characters.
22091 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22092 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22093 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22094 Ignores leading comment characters.
22100 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22101 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22102 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22103 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22104 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22105 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22106 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22107 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22108 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22109 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22110 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22111 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22112 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22113 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22114 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22115 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22116 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22117 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22118 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
22119 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22121 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22122 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22124 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22126 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22128 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22130 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22131 Preview directory using ghostview.
22133 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22134 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22135 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22136 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22138 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22139 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22140 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22141 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22142 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22145 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22147 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22149 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22150 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22152 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22153 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22154 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22155 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22157 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22158 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22159 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22160 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22161 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22164 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22166 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22168 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22169 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22171 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22172 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22173 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22174 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22176 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22177 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22178 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22179 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22180 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22183 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22185 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22187 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22188 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22190 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22192 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22193 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22194 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22195 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22197 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22198 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22199 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22200 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22201 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22204 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22206 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22208 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22209 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22211 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22212 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22213 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22215 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22216 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22217 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22218 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22220 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22222 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22223 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22225 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22226 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22227 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22229 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22230 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22231 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22232 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22234 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22236 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22237 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22239 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22240 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22241 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22243 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22244 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22245 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22246 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22248 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22250 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22251 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22253 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22255 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22256 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22257 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22259 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22260 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22261 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22262 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22264 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22266 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22267 Preview region using ghostview.
22269 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22271 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22273 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22274 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22276 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22278 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22280 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22281 Print region using PostScript printer.
22283 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22285 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22287 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22288 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22290 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22292 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22294 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22295 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22297 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22299 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22301 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22302 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22304 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22306 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22308 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22309 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22311 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22313 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22315 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22316 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22318 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22320 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22322 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22323 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22324 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22325 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22327 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22330 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22331 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22333 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22335 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22337 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22338 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22339 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22340 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22344 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22345 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22346 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22347 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22351 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22352 Print directory using text printer.
22354 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22357 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22358 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22360 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22362 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22364 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22365 Print buffer using text printer.
22369 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22370 Print region using text printer.
22374 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22375 Print major mode using text printer.
22379 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22380 Preview spooled PostScript.
22382 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22383 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22384 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22386 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22387 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22388 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22390 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22392 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22393 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22395 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22396 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22397 instead of sending it to the printer.
22399 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22400 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22401 image in a file with that name.
22403 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22405 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22406 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22408 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22409 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22410 instead of sending it to the printer.
22412 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22413 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22414 image in a file with that name.
22416 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22418 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22419 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22421 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22422 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22423 instead of sending it to the printer.
22425 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22426 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22427 image in a file with that name.
22429 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22431 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22432 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22434 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22436 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22437 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22439 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22441 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22442 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22444 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22446 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22447 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22449 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22451 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22452 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22454 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22456 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22457 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22459 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22460 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22461 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22462 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22464 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22465 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22466 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22467 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22468 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22469 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22472 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22474 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22475 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22479 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22480 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22482 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22484 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22489 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22490 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22494 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22495 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22499 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22500 Toggle printing with faces.
22504 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22509 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22514 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22517 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22519 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22524 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22529 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22530 Toggle upside-down.
22534 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22535 Toggle line number.
22539 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22540 Toggle zebra stripes.
22544 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22545 Toggle printing header.
22549 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22550 Toggle printing header frame.
22554 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22559 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22560 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22564 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22569 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22570 Customization of the `printing' group.
22572 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22574 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22575 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22577 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22579 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22580 Help for the printing package.
22582 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22584 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22585 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22589 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22590 Interactively select a text printer.
22594 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22595 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22599 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22600 Show current ps-print settings.
22602 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22604 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22605 Show current printing settings.
22607 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22609 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22610 Show current lpr settings.
22612 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22614 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22615 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22617 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22618 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22619 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22620 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22623 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22625 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22626 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22627 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22629 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22630 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22631 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22632 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22633 current active printer.
22635 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22636 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22637 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22640 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22641 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22642 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22643 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22644 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22647 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22648 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22650 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22652 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22653 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22654 be done using the new current active printer.
22656 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22657 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22660 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22661 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22662 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22663 instead of sending it to the printer.
22665 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22666 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22669 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22672 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22675 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22677 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22678 Fast fire function for text printing.
22680 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22681 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22682 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22683 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22685 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22686 user for a new active text printer.
22688 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22690 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22692 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22693 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22696 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22698 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22701 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22705 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20119 34052))
22706 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22708 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22709 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22710 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22711 information will be displayed but not selected.
22712 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22714 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22720 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22721 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20119 34052))
22722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22724 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22725 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22727 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22728 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22730 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22732 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22733 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22736 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22737 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22738 if that value is non-nil.
22742 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22743 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22744 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22748 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22749 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22750 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22756 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20119
22758 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22760 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22761 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22762 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22764 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22768 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20119
22770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22772 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22773 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22775 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22777 The following variables hold user options, and can
22778 be set through the `customize' command:
22780 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22782 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22783 `ps-mode-print-function'
22785 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22789 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22792 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22798 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22799 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22800 The keymap for this second window is:
22802 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22805 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22806 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22807 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22808 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22809 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22815 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22816 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22817 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22818 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22819 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22820 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20119
22822 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22824 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22825 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22826 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22828 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22830 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22831 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22832 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22833 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22835 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22837 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22838 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22842 nil Do not print colors.
22846 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22847 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22849 Any other value is treated as t.")
22851 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22853 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22854 Customization of ps-print group.
22858 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22859 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22861 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22862 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22863 sending it to the printer.
22865 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22866 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22867 image in a file with that name.
22869 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22871 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22872 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22873 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22874 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22875 so it has a way to determine color values.
22877 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22879 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22880 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22881 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22883 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22885 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22886 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22887 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22888 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22889 so it has a way to determine color values.
22891 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22893 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22894 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22895 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22896 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22898 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22902 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22903 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22904 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22905 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22906 so it has a way to determine color values.
22908 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22912 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22913 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22914 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22916 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22918 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22920 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22921 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22922 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22923 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22924 so it has a way to determine color values.
22926 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22928 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22930 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22931 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22933 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22934 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22935 instead of sending it to the printer.
22937 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22938 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22939 image in a file with that name.
22941 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22943 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22944 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22945 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22946 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22947 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22951 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22952 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22953 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22955 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22957 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22958 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22959 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22961 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22963 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22964 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22968 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22969 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22971 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22972 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22974 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22975 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22977 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22979 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22981 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22983 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22984 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22986 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22987 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22989 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22990 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22992 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22994 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22996 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22998 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22999 foreground and background colors respectively.
23001 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23002 bold - use bold font.
23003 italic - use italic font.
23004 underline - put a line under text.
23005 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23006 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23007 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23008 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23009 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23011 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23013 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23017 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
23018 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20119 34052))
23019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23021 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
23023 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23025 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23027 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23028 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
23029 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
23030 show the buffer automatically.
23032 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
23033 Python command line (default is `python-command').
23035 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
23036 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
23037 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
23038 switch to that buffer.
23040 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
23041 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23042 process buffer for a list of commands.
23044 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
23045 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
23046 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
23048 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
23050 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
23051 Set up info-look for Python.
23052 Used with `eval-after-load'.
23056 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23057 Major mode for editing Python files.
23058 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
23059 for correct parsing of the source.
23060 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
23061 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
23062 commands for running Python under Emacs.
23064 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
23065 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
23066 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
23067 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
23068 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
23069 \\<python-mode-map>
23070 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
23071 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
23072 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
23073 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
23074 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
23075 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
23077 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
23078 effect outside them.
23080 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
23081 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
23082 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
23083 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
23084 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
23085 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
23086 form x.y only works if the components are literal
23087 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
23088 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
23090 \\{python-mode-map}
23094 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
23095 Major mode for editing Jython files.
23096 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
23097 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
23103 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23104 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
23105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23107 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23108 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23109 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23112 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23113 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23115 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23116 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23117 them into characters should be done separately.
23119 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23123 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23124 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23125 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23126 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23127 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20119 34052))
23128 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23130 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23131 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23135 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23136 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23137 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23139 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23140 `quail-activate', which see.
23142 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23144 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23145 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23146 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23147 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23148 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23149 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23150 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23152 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23153 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23154 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23155 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23156 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23158 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23160 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23161 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23162 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23163 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23164 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23165 list of candidates.
23167 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23168 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23169 command to be called.
23171 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23172 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23173 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23174 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23176 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23177 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23178 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23179 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23180 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23183 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23184 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23185 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23186 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23188 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23189 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23190 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23191 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23193 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23194 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23195 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23196 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23197 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23198 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23200 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23201 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23202 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23203 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23204 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23205 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23207 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23208 covers Quail translation region.
23210 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23211 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23212 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23213 for it) is inserted.
23215 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23216 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23217 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23219 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23220 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23221 non-Quail commands.
23223 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23225 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23226 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23228 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23229 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23230 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23231 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23232 you type is correctly handled.
23234 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23236 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23237 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23239 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23242 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23244 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23245 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23246 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23247 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23248 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23249 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23250 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23251 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23252 for the translation.
23253 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23255 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23256 it is used to handle KEY.
23258 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23259 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23260 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23261 the following annotation types are supported.
23263 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23264 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23266 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23269 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23270 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23271 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23274 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23275 generated for the following translations.
23277 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23279 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23280 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23282 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23283 which to install MAP.
23285 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23287 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23289 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23290 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23292 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23293 which to install MAP.
23295 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23297 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23299 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23300 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23301 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23302 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23303 a function, or a cons.
23304 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23305 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23306 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23307 for the translation.
23308 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23309 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23310 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23311 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23312 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23314 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23315 it is used to handle KEY.
23317 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23318 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23319 current Quail package.
23321 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23322 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23324 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23326 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23327 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23329 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23330 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23332 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23334 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23335 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23337 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23339 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23340 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23341 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23342 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23343 of the Emacs source tree.
23345 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23346 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23348 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23349 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23352 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23356 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23357 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23358 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20119
23360 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23362 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23363 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23364 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23365 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23367 To make use of this do something like:
23369 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23371 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23373 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23374 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23376 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23377 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23378 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23380 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23382 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23383 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23385 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23387 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23388 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23390 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23393 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23395 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23396 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23398 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23399 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23400 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23402 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23404 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23405 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23407 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23409 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23410 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23414 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23415 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23417 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23419 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23423 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23424 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23430 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23431 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20138 51043))
23432 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23434 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23435 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23437 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23439 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23443 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23445 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23448 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23450 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23451 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23452 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23454 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23455 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23457 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23459 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23460 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23466 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20119
23468 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23470 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23471 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23474 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23478 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23479 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
23480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23482 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23484 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23485 Construct a regexp interactively.
23486 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23487 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23488 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23490 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23491 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23497 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20126 50335))
23498 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23500 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23501 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23502 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23503 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23504 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23505 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23507 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23509 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23510 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23512 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23513 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23515 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23516 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23517 were operated on recently.
23519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23523 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23524 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23525 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23526 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23527 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
23528 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23529 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23530 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23531 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23532 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23533 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23534 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23535 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23537 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23538 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23539 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23540 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23543 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23544 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23547 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23549 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23550 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23551 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23553 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23554 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23557 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23559 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23560 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23561 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23563 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23565 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23566 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23568 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23569 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23571 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23574 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23575 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23576 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23577 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23580 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23582 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23583 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23587 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23588 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23589 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23590 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23591 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23592 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23593 and point is at the lower right corner.
23595 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23597 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23598 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23600 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23601 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23603 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23604 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23605 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23607 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23609 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23611 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23612 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23613 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23614 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23615 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23617 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23618 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23620 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23622 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23623 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23624 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23626 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23628 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23630 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23632 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23633 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23635 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23636 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23637 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23639 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23641 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23642 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23643 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23645 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23646 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23647 rectangle which were empty.
23649 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23651 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23652 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23654 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23655 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23656 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23657 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23659 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23663 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20127
23665 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23667 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23668 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23670 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23671 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23673 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23674 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23675 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23678 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23684 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23685 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20136 50092))
23686 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23688 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23689 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23693 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23694 Toggle RefTeX mode.
23695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable RefTeX mode if ARG is
23696 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23697 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23699 RefTeX mode is a buffer-local minor mode with distinct support
23700 for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23702 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23703 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23705 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23706 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23707 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23710 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23711 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23712 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23714 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23715 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23716 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23718 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23719 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23721 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23722 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23724 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23725 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23728 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23732 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23733 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23734 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23740 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23741 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23744 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23745 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23746 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23747 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23748 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23749 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23751 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23753 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23755 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23756 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23757 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23758 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23759 `reftex-cite-format'.
23761 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23762 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23763 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23764 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23766 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23770 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23771 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
23772 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23774 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23775 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23776 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23777 the current TeX document.
23779 With no argument, this command toggles
23780 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23781 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23787 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23788 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
23789 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23791 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23792 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23793 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23795 To insert new phrases, use
23796 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23797 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23799 To index phrases use one of:
23801 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23802 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23803 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23804 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23805 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23807 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23808 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23810 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23812 Here are all local bindings.
23814 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23820 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23821 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
23822 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23824 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23825 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23826 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23829 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20119
23835 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23836 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23837 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23838 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23839 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23843 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23844 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
23845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23847 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23848 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23849 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23850 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23851 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23852 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23854 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23855 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23857 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23859 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23860 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23862 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23864 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23865 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23866 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23867 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23869 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23873 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23874 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23875 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
23876 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23878 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23879 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23880 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23881 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23883 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23885 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23887 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23888 Call `remember' in another frame.
23890 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23892 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23893 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23894 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23899 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23900 Extract diary entries from the region.
23906 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20119 34052))
23907 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23909 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23910 Repeat most recently executed command.
23911 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23912 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23913 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23915 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23916 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23917 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23918 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23920 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23921 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23922 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23924 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23928 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23929 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23932 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23933 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23935 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23936 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23937 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23938 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23939 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23940 and point is left after the salutation.
23942 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23943 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23944 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23945 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23946 left after that text.
23948 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23951 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23952 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23953 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23954 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23956 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23960 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23961 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
23962 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23964 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23965 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23966 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23967 visibility of comments that precede it.
23968 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23969 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23970 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23971 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23972 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23973 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23974 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23975 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23977 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23978 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23979 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23980 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23981 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23987 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23988 ;;;;;; (20126 50360))
23989 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23991 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23992 Toggle decloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23993 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23994 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23995 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23997 Reveral mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23998 reveals invisible text around point.
24000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24002 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24003 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24004 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24005 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24006 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24007 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24009 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24011 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24012 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24013 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24015 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24016 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24017 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24023 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24024 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
24025 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24027 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24028 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24032 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24033 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24035 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24039 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20119 34052))
24040 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24042 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24043 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24044 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24045 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24047 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24049 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24050 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24051 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24052 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24054 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24055 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24057 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24058 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24060 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24061 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24064 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24065 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24066 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24067 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24068 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24070 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24071 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24072 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24073 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24075 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24076 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24079 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24083 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24084 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24085 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24086 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24087 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
24088 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20138 48832))
24089 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24091 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24092 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24093 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24095 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24097 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24098 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24099 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24100 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24101 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24102 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24103 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24105 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24106 sent by you under different user names.
24107 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24109 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24111 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24113 (defvaralias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names)
24115 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24116 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24117 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24120 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24122 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24123 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24124 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24125 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24126 which normally happens once for each message,
24127 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24128 To make a change in this variable take effect
24129 for a message that you have already viewed,
24130 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24132 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24134 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24135 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24136 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24137 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24139 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24141 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24142 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24144 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24146 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24147 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24148 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24150 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24152 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24153 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24154 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24155 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24156 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24157 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24159 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24161 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24162 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24164 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24166 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24167 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24169 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24171 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24172 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24174 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24175 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24177 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24179 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24180 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24182 This is set to nil by default.")
24184 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24185 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24186 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
24187 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
24188 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24189 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24190 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24192 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24193 Read and edit incoming mail.
24194 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24195 file in RMAIL Mode.
24196 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24198 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24199 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24200 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24201 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24203 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24205 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24207 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24208 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24209 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24210 Instead, these commands are available:
24212 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24213 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24214 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24215 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24216 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24217 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24218 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24219 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24220 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24221 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24222 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24223 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24224 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24225 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24226 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24227 till a deleted message is found.
24228 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24229 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24230 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24231 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24232 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24233 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24234 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24235 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24236 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24237 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24238 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24239 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24240 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24241 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24242 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24243 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24244 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24245 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24246 (label defaults to last one specified).
24247 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24248 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24249 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24250 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24251 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24252 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24253 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24254 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24255 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24259 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24260 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24262 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24264 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24265 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24267 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24271 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24272 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20119 34052))
24273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24274 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24276 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24277 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24278 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24279 case it writes Babyl.
24281 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24282 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24283 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24284 `rmail-default-file'.
24286 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24287 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24288 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24290 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24291 the header display is currently pruned.
24293 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24294 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24295 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24296 messages after output.
24298 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24299 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24300 message (if writing a file directly).
24302 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24303 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24305 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24307 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24308 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24309 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24310 i) the header is output as currently seen
24311 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24312 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24314 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24315 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24316 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24318 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24320 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24321 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24322 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24323 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24324 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24325 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24326 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24328 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24329 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24330 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24332 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24336 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24337 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24340 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24341 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24344 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24348 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24349 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
24350 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24352 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24353 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24354 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24355 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24361 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24362 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
24363 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24365 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24366 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24368 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24369 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24370 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24371 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24372 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24373 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24374 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24375 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24376 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24377 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24379 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24380 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
24381 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24382 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24383 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24384 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24385 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24386 to use for finding the schema.
24388 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24392 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20119
24394 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24396 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24398 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24399 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24400 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24401 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24402 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24403 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24404 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24405 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24406 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24407 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24408 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24409 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24410 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24411 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24412 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24413 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24416 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24420 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24421 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20119 34052))
24422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24424 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24425 Define a robin package.
24427 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24428 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24429 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24430 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24432 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24433 one replaces the old one.
24435 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24437 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24438 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24440 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24441 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24442 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24444 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24446 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24447 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24449 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24453 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24454 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20119 34052))
24455 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24457 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24458 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24460 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24462 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24463 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24465 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24467 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24468 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24470 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24472 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24473 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24474 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24476 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24477 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24480 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24484 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24485 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24491 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24492 ;;;;;; (20127 24234))
24493 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24494 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24496 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24497 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24499 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24500 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24501 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24502 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24503 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24505 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24506 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24507 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24508 font-locking of blocks.
24514 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24515 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24516 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24517 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24518 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24520 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24521 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24522 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24528 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24529 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
24530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24532 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24533 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24534 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24535 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24536 nesting into account.
24538 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24544 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24546 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24550 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20126
24552 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24554 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24555 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24556 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24558 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24559 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24560 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24561 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24562 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24568 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20119
24570 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24572 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24573 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24574 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24575 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24577 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24579 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24580 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24581 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24583 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24584 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24585 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24587 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24591 matches string STRING literally.
24594 matches character CHAR literally.
24596 `not-newline', `nonl'
24597 matches any character except a newline.
24600 matches any character
24605 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24606 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24607 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24609 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24610 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24611 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24612 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24614 `(not (any SET ...))'
24615 matches any character not in SET ...
24617 `line-start', `bol'
24618 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24619 in the text being matched
24622 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24624 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24625 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24626 string being matched against.
24628 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24629 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24630 string being matched against.
24633 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24634 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24637 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24638 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24641 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24643 `word-start', `bow'
24644 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24647 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24650 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24653 `(not word-boundary)'
24654 `not-word-boundary'
24655 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24659 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24662 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24664 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24665 matches 0 through 9.
24668 matches ASCII control characters.
24670 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24671 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24674 matches space and tab only.
24677 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24680 `printing', `print'
24681 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24684 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24685 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24686 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24688 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24689 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24690 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24693 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24696 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24698 `lower', `lower-case'
24699 matches anything lower-case.
24701 `upper', `upper-case'
24702 matches anything upper-case.
24704 `punctuation', `punct'
24705 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24706 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24708 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24709 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24712 matches anything that has word syntax.
24715 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24718 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24719 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24720 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24722 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24723 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24726 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24727 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24728 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24729 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24730 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24732 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24733 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24734 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24735 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24736 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24738 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24739 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24741 `(category CATEGORY)'
24742 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24743 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24745 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24746 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24747 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24748 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24752 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24753 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24754 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24755 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24756 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24757 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24758 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24759 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24760 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24761 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24762 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24763 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24764 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24765 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24774 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24778 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24780 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24785 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24786 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24788 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24789 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24790 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24791 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24792 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24794 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24795 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24796 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24797 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24799 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24800 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24801 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24804 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24805 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24806 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24807 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24808 regular expression.
24810 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24811 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24812 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24813 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24814 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24816 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24817 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24819 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24820 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24822 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24824 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24827 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24828 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24831 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24832 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24834 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24836 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24839 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24842 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24844 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24845 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24847 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24850 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24853 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24857 matches N occurrences.
24860 matches N or more occurrences.
24862 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24863 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24864 matches N to M occurrences.
24867 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24870 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24874 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24876 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24880 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20126
24882 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24884 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24885 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24886 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24887 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24888 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24889 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24891 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24893 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24894 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24895 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24896 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24897 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24899 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24900 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24901 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24902 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24904 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24905 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24906 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24912 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24913 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
24914 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24916 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24917 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24918 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24920 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24921 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24922 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24923 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24924 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24925 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24926 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24927 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24930 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24931 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24932 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24933 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24934 if that value is non-nil.
24938 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24939 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24940 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24943 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24944 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24945 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24946 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24947 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24948 that variable's value is a string.
24954 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24955 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
24956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24958 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24959 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24960 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24962 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24968 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24969 ;;;;;; (20126 50406))
24970 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24972 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24973 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24974 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24975 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24976 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24977 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24979 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24981 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24982 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24983 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24984 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24985 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24987 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24988 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24994 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24995 ;;;;;; (20126 43719))
24996 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24998 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24999 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25000 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
25001 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
25002 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
25005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20119 34052))
25010 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25011 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25012 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25016 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25017 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20127 23255))
25018 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25020 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25021 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25022 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25024 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25025 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25026 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25027 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25028 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25029 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25030 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25031 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25032 keybinding for tag names.")
25034 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25036 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25037 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25038 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25039 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25040 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25041 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25043 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25045 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25046 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25047 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25048 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25049 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25051 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25052 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25053 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25054 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25057 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25063 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25064 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25065 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25066 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25067 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25068 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25069 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25070 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25071 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20121 46524))
25072 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25074 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25075 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25077 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25079 If `parens', they look like:
25080 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25081 If `angles', they look like:
25082 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25084 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25085 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25087 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25089 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25090 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25091 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25092 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25094 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25095 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25096 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25097 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25099 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25101 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25102 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25103 This is done when the message is initialized,
25104 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25106 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25108 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25109 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25110 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25112 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25114 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25115 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25116 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25117 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25118 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25119 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25120 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25122 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25124 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25125 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25127 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25129 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25130 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25131 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25134 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25136 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25137 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25138 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25139 when you first send mail.")
25141 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25143 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25144 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25145 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25146 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25147 This file need not actually exist.")
25149 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25151 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25152 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25154 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25156 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25157 Alist of mail address aliases,
25158 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25159 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25160 can specify a different file name.)
25161 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25162 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25164 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25165 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25166 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25168 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25170 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25171 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25172 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25174 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25176 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25177 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25178 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25179 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25180 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25181 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25182 in the cited portion of the message.
25184 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25185 instead of no action.")
25187 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25189 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25190 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25191 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25192 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25193 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25195 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25197 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25198 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25199 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25200 If a string, that string is inserted.
25201 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25202 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25203 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25204 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25206 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25208 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25209 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25211 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25213 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25214 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25215 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25217 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25218 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25220 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25222 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25223 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25224 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25225 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25227 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25229 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25230 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25231 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25235 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25237 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25240 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25242 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25243 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25244 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25246 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25247 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25249 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25250 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25251 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25252 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25253 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25254 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25255 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25256 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25257 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25258 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25259 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25260 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25261 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25262 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25266 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25267 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25268 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25269 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25271 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25273 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25274 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25275 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25276 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25277 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25278 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25280 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25281 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25282 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25284 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25285 User should not set this variable manually,
25286 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25287 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25288 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25290 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25291 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25292 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25293 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25295 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25296 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25299 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25301 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25302 to move to message header fields:
25305 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25306 when the message is initialized.
25308 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25309 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25311 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25314 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25315 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25317 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25318 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25319 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25320 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25321 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25322 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25323 buffer without erasing the contents.
25325 The second through fifth arguments,
25326 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25327 the initial contents of those header fields.
25328 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25329 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25330 original message being replied to, or else an action
25331 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25332 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25333 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25334 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25335 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25336 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25338 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25340 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25341 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25343 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25345 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25346 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25348 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25352 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25353 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20126
25355 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25357 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25359 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25361 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25363 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25364 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25365 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
25366 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
25367 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
25368 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25370 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25371 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25373 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25374 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25375 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25377 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25380 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25382 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25383 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25384 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25385 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25387 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25389 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25390 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25391 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25393 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25394 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25396 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25398 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25399 Toggle Server mode.
25400 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25401 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25402 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25404 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25405 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25406 `server-start' for details.
25408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25410 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25411 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25412 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25414 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25415 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25417 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25421 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20119 34052))
25422 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25424 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25425 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25426 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25430 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25431 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25432 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25433 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25439 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25440 ;;;;;; (20127 24193))
25441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25443 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25444 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25446 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25449 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25450 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25451 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25453 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25454 in your `.emacs' file.
25456 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25458 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25459 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25464 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25465 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25466 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25467 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25468 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25469 which this is based.
25471 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25473 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25474 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25475 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25476 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25478 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25479 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25480 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25482 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25483 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25484 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25485 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25487 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25488 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25489 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25490 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25492 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25494 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25495 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
25496 To work around that, do:
25497 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25505 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25506 ;;;;;; (20120 43373))
25507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25508 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25510 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25511 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25512 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25513 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25514 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25515 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25517 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25518 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25519 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25520 shell-specific features.
25522 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25523 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25524 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25526 \\[sh-case] case statement
25527 \\[sh-for] for loop
25528 \\[sh-function] function definition
25529 \\[sh-if] if statement
25530 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25531 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25532 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25533 \\[sh-select] select loop
25534 \\[sh-until] until loop
25535 \\[sh-while] while loop
25537 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25538 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25539 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25540 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25541 would indent to the way it currently is.
25542 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25543 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25546 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25547 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25548 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25549 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25550 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25551 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25553 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25555 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25557 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25558 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25559 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25561 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25562 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25566 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25570 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25571 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
25572 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25574 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25575 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25577 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25578 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25579 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25581 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25582 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25583 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25584 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25587 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25589 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25591 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25592 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25593 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25595 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25596 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25598 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25599 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25600 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25601 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25602 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25603 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25604 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25607 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25608 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25609 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25610 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25611 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25613 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25614 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25616 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25620 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25621 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20119
25623 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25625 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25626 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25627 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25628 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25629 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25630 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25631 sites in the cluster.
25635 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25636 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25637 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25638 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25639 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25643 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25644 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25645 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25646 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25647 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25648 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25649 `shadow-define-cluster').
25653 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25654 Set up file shadowing.
25660 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25661 ;;;;;; (20126 50438))
25662 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25664 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25665 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25666 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25667 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25668 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25671 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25673 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25674 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25675 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25676 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25677 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25679 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25680 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25681 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25682 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25683 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25684 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25685 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25686 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25687 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25688 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25689 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25691 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25692 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25693 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25694 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25695 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25696 `default-process-coding-system'.
25698 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25699 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25700 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25701 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25703 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25705 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25709 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20119
25711 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25713 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25716 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25720 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25721 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20119 34052))
25722 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25724 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25727 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25729 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25732 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25734 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25737 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25741 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25742 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
25743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25745 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25746 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25747 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25748 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25749 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25751 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25757 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20119
25759 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25761 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25762 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25763 \\{simula-mode-map}
25764 Variables controlling indentation style:
25765 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25766 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25767 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25768 `simula-indent-level'
25769 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25770 `simula-substatement-offset'
25771 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25772 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25773 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25774 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25775 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25776 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25777 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25778 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25779 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25780 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25781 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25782 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25783 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25784 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25785 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25786 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25787 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25788 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25789 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25790 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25791 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25792 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25793 or nil if they should not be changed.
25794 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25795 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25796 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25797 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25799 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25800 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25806 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25807 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20119 34052))
25808 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25810 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25811 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25813 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25814 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25815 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25816 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25818 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25820 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25822 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25823 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25824 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25825 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25826 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25828 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25829 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25831 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25833 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25834 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25836 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25837 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25838 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25839 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25841 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25842 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25843 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25844 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25846 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25847 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25848 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25850 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25851 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25853 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25854 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25856 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25857 _ interesting point, interregion here
25858 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25859 interesting point set by _
25860 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25861 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25862 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25863 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25864 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25865 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25868 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25869 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25871 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25872 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25873 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25874 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25875 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25876 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25877 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25878 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25880 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25881 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25882 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25883 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25884 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25887 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25888 then: insert previously read string once more
25889 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25890 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25891 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25893 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25894 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25896 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25898 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25899 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25901 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25902 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25903 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25904 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25905 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25908 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25909 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25910 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25916 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25917 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20119 34052))
25918 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25920 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25921 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25922 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25925 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25927 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25928 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25929 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25933 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25934 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25935 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25941 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25942 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
25943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25945 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25946 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25947 A list of images is returned.
25949 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25951 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25952 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25953 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25955 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25959 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25960 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20119 34052))
25961 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25963 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25968 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25969 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25975 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20119 34052))
25976 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25978 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25979 Play the Snake game.
25980 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25982 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25984 Snake mode keybindings:
25986 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25987 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25988 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25989 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25990 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25991 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25992 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25998 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25999 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
26000 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26002 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26003 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26004 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26005 Tab indents for C code.
26006 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26007 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26009 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26014 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26015 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26016 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26017 Tab indents for C code.
26018 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26019 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26021 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26022 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26028 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20119
26030 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26032 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26033 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26034 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26035 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26036 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26038 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26044 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20119
26046 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26048 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26051 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26052 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26053 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26054 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26055 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26056 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26057 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26058 check after each move or undo.)
26062 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26063 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26064 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26083 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26084 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26085 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26086 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26088 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26089 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26090 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26093 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26094 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26096 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26112 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
26114 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26120 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26121 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26122 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20119 34052))
26123 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26124 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26126 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26127 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26129 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26130 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26131 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26132 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26135 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26136 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26137 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26140 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26141 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26143 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26144 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26145 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26146 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26149 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26150 It should move point to the end of the record.
26152 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26153 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26154 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26155 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26156 starts at the beginning of the record.
26158 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26159 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26162 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26163 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26165 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26167 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26168 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26169 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26170 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26171 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26174 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26176 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26177 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26178 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26179 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26180 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26183 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26185 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26186 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26187 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26188 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26189 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26192 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26193 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26195 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26196 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26197 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26198 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26199 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26200 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26201 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26202 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26203 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26205 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26207 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26208 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26209 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26210 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26211 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26212 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26213 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26216 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26218 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26219 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26220 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26221 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26222 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26223 is to be used for sorting.
26224 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26225 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26226 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26227 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26228 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26230 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26232 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26235 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26236 starting with the letter \"f\",
26237 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26239 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26241 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26242 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26243 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26244 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26245 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26246 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26247 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26250 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26251 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26252 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26253 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26254 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26256 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26258 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26259 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26260 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26262 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26266 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20119
26268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26270 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26271 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26272 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26273 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26274 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26275 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26277 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26281 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26282 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26283 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20119 34052))
26284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26286 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26287 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26289 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26290 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26291 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26293 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26295 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26296 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26297 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26300 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26302 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26303 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26304 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26306 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26308 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26309 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26310 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26311 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26316 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26317 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26318 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26319 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26325 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26326 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20119 34052))
26327 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26329 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26331 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26332 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26333 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26334 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26335 supported at a time.
26336 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26337 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26341 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26342 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26343 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26344 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26350 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20119
26352 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26354 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26355 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26359 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26360 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26366 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26367 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26368 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26369 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26370 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
26371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26373 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26374 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26376 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26377 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26378 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26379 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26380 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26381 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26382 of the current highlighting list.
26386 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26387 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26389 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26390 `_t' as data types.
26392 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26394 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26395 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26397 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26398 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26400 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26404 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26408 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26410 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26411 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26413 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26414 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26415 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26416 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26418 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26419 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26420 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26421 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26423 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26424 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26425 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26429 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26430 Major mode to edit SQL.
26432 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26433 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26434 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26437 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26439 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26440 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26441 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26442 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26443 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26444 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26446 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26447 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26449 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26450 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26451 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26453 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26455 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26459 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26460 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26462 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26465 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26466 is specified in the connection settings.
26468 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26471 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26473 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26474 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26476 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26477 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26478 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26479 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26481 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26483 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26485 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26486 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26488 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26489 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26492 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26493 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26494 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26495 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26497 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26498 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26500 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26501 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26502 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26505 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26506 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26507 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26508 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26509 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26510 `default-process-coding-system'.
26512 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26514 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26516 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26517 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26519 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26520 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26523 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26524 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26525 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26526 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26528 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26529 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26531 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26532 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26533 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26536 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26537 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26538 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26539 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26540 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26541 `default-process-coding-system'.
26543 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26545 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26547 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26548 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26550 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26551 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26554 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26555 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26557 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26558 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26560 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26561 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26562 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26565 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26566 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26567 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26568 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26569 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26570 `default-process-coding-system'.
26572 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26574 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26576 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26577 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26579 SQLite is free software.
26581 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26582 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26585 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26586 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26587 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26588 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26590 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26591 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26593 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26594 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26595 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26598 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26599 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26600 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26601 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26602 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26603 `default-process-coding-system'.
26605 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26607 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26609 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26610 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26612 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26614 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26615 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26618 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26619 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26620 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26621 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26623 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26624 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26626 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26627 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26628 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26631 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26632 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26633 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26634 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26635 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26636 `default-process-coding-system'.
26638 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26640 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26642 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26643 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26645 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26646 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26649 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26650 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26653 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26654 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26656 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26657 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26658 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26661 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26662 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26663 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26664 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26665 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26666 `default-process-coding-system'.
26668 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26670 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26672 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26673 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26675 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26676 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26679 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26680 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26682 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26683 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26685 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26686 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26687 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26690 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26691 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26692 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26693 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26694 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26695 `default-process-coding-system'.
26697 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26699 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26701 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26702 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26704 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26705 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26708 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26709 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26710 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26711 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26713 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26714 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26716 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26717 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26718 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26721 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26722 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26723 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26724 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26725 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26726 `default-process-coding-system'.
26728 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26730 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26732 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26733 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26735 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26736 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26739 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26740 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26741 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26742 `sql-postgres-options'.
26744 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26745 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26747 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26748 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26749 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26752 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26753 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26754 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26755 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26756 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26757 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26758 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26759 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26761 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26762 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26764 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26766 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26768 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26769 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26771 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26772 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26775 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26776 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26779 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26780 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26782 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26783 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26784 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26787 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26788 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26789 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26790 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26791 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26792 `default-process-coding-system'.
26794 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26796 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26798 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26799 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26801 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26802 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26805 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26808 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26809 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26811 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26812 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26813 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26814 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26816 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26817 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26818 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26821 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26822 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26823 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26824 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26825 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26826 `default-process-coding-system'.
26828 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26830 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26832 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26833 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26835 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26836 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26839 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26840 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26841 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26842 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26845 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26846 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26847 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26848 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26851 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26852 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26854 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26855 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26856 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26859 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26861 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26865 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26866 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
26867 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26869 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26870 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26874 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26878 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26879 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
26880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26882 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26883 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26884 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26885 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26886 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26887 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26888 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26889 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26890 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26891 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26893 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26894 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26895 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26896 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26898 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26902 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26903 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26904 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26905 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26906 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20126
26908 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26910 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26911 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26912 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26913 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26914 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26915 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26917 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26919 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26921 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26922 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26923 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26924 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26925 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26926 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26927 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26929 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26931 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26932 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26933 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26934 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26935 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26936 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26937 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26939 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26941 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26942 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26943 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26945 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26947 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26948 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26949 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26951 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26953 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26954 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26956 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26958 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26959 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26963 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26964 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26968 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26969 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26970 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26971 chronologically by command name.
26972 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26974 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26976 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26977 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26978 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26980 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26981 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26983 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26985 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26986 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26987 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26988 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26989 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26991 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26992 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26993 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26994 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26995 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26997 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26998 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26999 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27000 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27002 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27006 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27007 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27008 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27009 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27011 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27013 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27014 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27020 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27021 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20119 34052))
27022 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27024 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27025 Studlify-case the region.
27027 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27029 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27030 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27032 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27034 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27035 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27041 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27042 ;;;;;; (20127 25236))
27043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27045 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27046 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27047 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27048 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27049 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27051 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27052 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27053 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27054 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27056 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27057 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27058 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27060 Nomenclature Subwords
27061 ===========================================================
27062 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27063 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27064 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27066 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27067 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27070 \\{subword-mode-map}
27072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27074 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27075 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27076 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27078 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27079 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27081 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27083 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27084 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27085 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27086 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27087 ARG is omitted or nil.
27089 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27090 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27091 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27097 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27098 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
27099 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27101 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27102 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27103 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27104 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27105 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27106 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27107 original message but it does require a few things:
27109 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27111 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27114 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27115 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27118 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27120 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27122 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27123 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27124 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27130 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20126
27132 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27134 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27136 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27137 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27138 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27139 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27140 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27141 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27143 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27145 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27146 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27147 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27148 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27149 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27151 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27152 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27153 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27159 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20119 34052))
27160 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27162 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27163 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27164 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27165 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27166 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27168 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27170 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27171 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27172 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27173 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27174 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27175 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27176 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27178 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27182 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27183 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27184 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27185 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27186 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27187 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27188 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27189 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27190 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27191 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27192 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27193 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27194 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20119 34052))
27195 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27197 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27198 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27199 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27201 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27203 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27204 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27206 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27208 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27209 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27211 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27213 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27214 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27216 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27218 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27219 Insert an editable text table.
27220 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27221 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27222 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27223 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27224 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27225 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27230 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27232 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27237 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27238 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27239 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27240 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27243 +-----+-----+-----+
27245 +-----+-----+-----+
27247 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27249 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27250 width, which results as
27252 +--------------+-----+-----+
27254 +--------------+-----+-----+
27256 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27257 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27259 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27261 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27263 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27264 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27265 width information to `table-insert'.
27267 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27273 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27276 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27277 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27279 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27282 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27284 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27286 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27289 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27292 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27294 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27296 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27299 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27302 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27305 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27306 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27307 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27309 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27312 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27315 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27318 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27320 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27323 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27326 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27327 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27328 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27329 | | |expected results.-!- |
27330 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27333 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27335 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27339 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27341 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27342 Insert N table row(s).
27343 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27344 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27345 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27346 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27350 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27351 Insert N table column(s).
27352 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27353 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27354 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27355 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27359 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27360 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27361 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27363 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27365 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27366 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27367 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27368 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27369 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27370 all the table specific features.
27372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27374 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27379 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27380 Recognize all tables within region.
27381 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27382 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27383 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27386 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27388 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27391 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27393 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27394 Recognize a table at point.
27395 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27396 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27397 the table specific features.
27399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27401 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27406 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27407 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27408 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27409 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27410 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27411 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27412 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27414 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27416 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27421 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27422 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27423 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27424 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27425 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27426 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27429 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27431 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27432 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27433 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27434 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
27435 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27436 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27437 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27442 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27443 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27444 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27445 table's rectangle structure.
27447 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27449 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27450 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27451 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27452 table's rectangle structure.
27456 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27457 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27458 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27459 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27460 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27462 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27464 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27465 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27466 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27468 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27469 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27470 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27471 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27472 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27473 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27474 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27476 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27477 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27478 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27479 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27480 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27481 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27482 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27484 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27485 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27486 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27487 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27488 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27489 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27490 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27491 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27493 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27495 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27496 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27497 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27498 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27502 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27503 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27504 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27506 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27508 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27509 Split current cell vertically.
27510 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27514 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27515 Split current cell horizontally.
27516 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27520 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27521 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27522 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27524 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27526 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27527 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27528 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27529 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27531 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27533 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27534 Justify cell contents.
27535 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27536 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27537 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27538 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27540 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27542 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27543 Justify cells of a row.
27544 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27545 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27547 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27549 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27550 Justify cells of a column.
27551 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27552 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27554 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27556 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27557 Toggle fixing width mode.
27558 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27559 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27560 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27564 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27565 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27566 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27567 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27568 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27569 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27570 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27571 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27572 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27573 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27574 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27576 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27578 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27579 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27580 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27581 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27582 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27583 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27584 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27585 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27586 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27587 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27588 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27589 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27592 References used for this implementation:
27595 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27598 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27600 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27601 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27602 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27604 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27606 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27607 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27608 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27609 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27610 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27611 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27612 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27613 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27614 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27615 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27616 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27617 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27618 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27619 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27620 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27621 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27622 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27627 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27628 (table-forward-cell 15)
27629 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27630 (table-forward-cell 16)
27631 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27632 (table-forward-cell 1)
27633 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27636 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27637 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27638 (table-forward-cell 1)
27639 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27641 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27643 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27644 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27645 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27646 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27647 consists from cells of same height.
27651 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27652 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27653 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27654 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27655 column must consists from cells of same width.
27659 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27660 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27661 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27662 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27663 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27664 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27665 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27666 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27667 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27668 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27669 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27670 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27671 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27672 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27673 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27682 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27683 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27684 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27687 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27689 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27691 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27693 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27697 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27698 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27699 of each row is optional.
27704 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27705 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27706 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27707 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27708 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27710 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27711 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27713 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27714 expression and raw delimiter regular
27715 expression, it parses the specified text
27716 area and extracts cell items from
27717 non-table text and then forms a table out
27720 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27721 creates a single cell table. The text in
27722 the specified region is placed in that
27725 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27728 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27729 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27730 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27732 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27733 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27734 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27735 | area and extracts cell items from |
27736 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27739 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27740 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27741 | the specified region is placed in that |
27743 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27745 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27746 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27749 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27750 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27751 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27752 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27753 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27754 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27755 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27756 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27757 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27759 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27760 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27761 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27762 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27764 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27766 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27767 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27768 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27770 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27772 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27773 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27774 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27775 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27776 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27782 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
27783 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
27784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
27786 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
27787 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
27788 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
27789 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
27791 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
27792 which are labelled using the header line. Each non-empty line
27793 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
27794 to their column values.
27796 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
27798 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
27799 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
27800 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
27801 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
27802 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
27803 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
27804 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
27805 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
27807 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
27808 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
27809 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
27810 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
27811 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
27812 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
27814 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
27815 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
27816 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
27817 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
27818 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
27819 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
27825 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20140 44272))
27826 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27828 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27829 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27831 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27833 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27834 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27840 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20129 34168))
27841 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27843 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27844 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27845 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27846 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27847 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27848 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27849 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27851 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27852 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27853 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27854 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27856 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27863 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27864 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20119 34052))
27865 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27867 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27868 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27869 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27870 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27871 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27872 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27874 Variables controlling indentation style:
27876 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27877 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27878 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27880 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27881 documentation for details):
27882 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27883 Controls action of TAB key.
27885 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27886 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27887 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27888 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27889 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27891 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27892 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27897 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27898 Run inferior Tcl process.
27899 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27900 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27904 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27905 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27906 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27908 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27912 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20119 34052))
27913 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27915 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27916 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27917 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27918 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27920 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27921 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27922 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27923 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27924 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27926 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27928 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27929 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27930 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27931 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27937 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27938 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
27939 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27941 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27942 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27943 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27944 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27945 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27946 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27948 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27950 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27951 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27952 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27953 commands to use in that buffer.
27955 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27957 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27959 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27960 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27962 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27964 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27965 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27966 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27967 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27968 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27969 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27970 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27971 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27972 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27973 use in that buffer.
27974 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27976 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27980 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20119
27982 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27984 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27985 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27986 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27987 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27988 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27989 program as keyboard input.
27991 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27992 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27993 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27994 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27996 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27997 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27998 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27999 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28000 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28002 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28004 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28005 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28006 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28007 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28009 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28010 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28011 subprocess started.
28013 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28017 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28018 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
28019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28021 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28022 Start coverage on function under point.
28028 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20119 34052))
28029 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28031 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28032 Play the Tetris game.
28033 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28034 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28035 as to form complete rows.
28037 tetris-mode keybindings:
28038 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28039 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28040 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28041 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28042 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28043 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28044 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28045 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28046 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28052 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28053 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28054 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28055 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28056 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28057 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28058 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28059 ;;;;;; (20134 8463))
28060 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28062 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28063 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28065 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28067 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28068 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28069 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28070 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28071 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28073 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28075 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28076 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28077 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28078 if it matches the first line of the file,
28079 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28081 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28083 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28084 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28085 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28086 if the variable is non-nil.")
28088 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28090 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28091 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28093 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28095 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28096 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28097 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28098 See the documentation of that variable.")
28100 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28102 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28103 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28104 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28105 See the documentation of that variable.")
28107 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28109 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28110 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28111 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28112 See the documentation of that variable.")
28114 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28116 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28117 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28118 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28119 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28120 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28122 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28124 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28125 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28126 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28127 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28129 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28131 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28132 User defined LaTeX block names.
28133 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28135 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28137 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28138 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28139 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28140 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28142 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28144 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28145 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28146 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28147 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28149 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28151 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28152 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28153 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28154 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28156 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28157 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28160 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28161 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28163 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28166 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28168 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28169 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28170 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28171 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28172 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28174 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28176 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28178 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28179 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28180 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28182 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28184 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28185 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28186 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28187 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28188 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28190 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28192 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28193 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28195 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28197 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28198 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28200 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28202 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28203 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28204 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28205 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28206 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28207 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28208 says which mode to use.
28212 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28214 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28216 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28218 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28219 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28220 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28221 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28222 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28224 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28225 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28226 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28227 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28228 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28229 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28230 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28232 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28233 mismatched $'s or braces.
28236 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28240 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28242 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28243 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28244 tex-dvi-print-command
28245 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28246 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28247 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28248 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28249 tex-dvi-view-command
28250 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28251 tex-show-queue-command
28252 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28253 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28255 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28256 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28257 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28261 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28262 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28263 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28264 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28265 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28267 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28268 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28269 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28270 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28271 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28272 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28273 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28275 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28276 mismatched $'s or braces.
28283 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28285 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28286 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28287 tex-dvi-print-command
28288 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28289 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28290 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28291 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28292 tex-dvi-view-command
28293 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28294 tex-show-queue-command
28295 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28296 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28298 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28299 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28300 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28304 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28305 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28306 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28307 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28308 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28310 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28311 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28312 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28313 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28314 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28315 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28316 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28318 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28319 mismatched $'s or braces.
28322 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28326 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28328 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28329 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28330 tex-dvi-print-command
28331 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28332 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28333 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28334 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28335 tex-dvi-view-command
28336 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28337 tex-show-queue-command
28338 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28339 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28341 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28342 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28343 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28344 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28348 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28353 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28354 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28360 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28361 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20119 34052))
28362 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28364 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28365 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28366 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28367 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28369 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28370 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28371 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28373 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28375 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28376 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28377 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28378 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28379 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28381 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28383 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28384 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28385 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28386 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28388 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28389 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28390 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28391 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28393 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28394 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28396 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28400 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28401 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20119 34052))
28402 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28404 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28405 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28407 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28409 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28410 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28412 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28414 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28415 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28417 It has these extra commands:
28418 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28420 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28421 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28422 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28423 modified version of TeX input format.
28425 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28426 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28427 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28428 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28430 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28431 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28432 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28433 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28434 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28435 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28436 in the Texinfo file.
28438 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28439 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28440 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28441 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28442 move forward past the closing brace.
28444 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28445 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28447 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28448 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28449 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28451 Here are the functions:
28453 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28454 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28455 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28457 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28458 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28459 texinfo-master-menu
28461 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28463 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28464 which menu descriptions are indented.
28466 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28467 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28470 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28471 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28472 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28473 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28475 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28476 be the first node in the file.
28478 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28479 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28485 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28486 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28487 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
28488 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28490 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28491 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28492 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28493 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28495 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28497 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28498 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28500 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28502 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28503 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28507 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28510 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28514 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28515 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28516 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20119 34052))
28517 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28519 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28520 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28521 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28522 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28523 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28524 `line', and `page'.
28526 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28528 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28529 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28530 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28531 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28532 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28533 `line', and `page'.
28535 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28538 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28539 positions of the thing found.
28541 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28543 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28544 Return the THING at point.
28545 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28546 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28547 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28548 `line', and `page'.
28550 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28551 a symbol as a valid THING.
28553 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28555 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28556 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28560 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28561 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28565 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28566 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28570 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28571 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28577 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28578 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28579 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
28580 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28582 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28583 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28587 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28588 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28589 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28590 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28592 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28594 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28595 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28599 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28600 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28604 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28606 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28607 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28613 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28614 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28615 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28616 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28617 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20119
28619 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28621 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28622 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28623 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28627 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28628 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28630 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28632 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28633 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28634 The returned string has no composition information.
28636 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28638 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28639 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28641 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28643 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28644 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28646 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28648 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28649 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28650 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28651 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28653 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28655 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28656 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28657 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28658 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28660 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28662 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28663 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28664 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28668 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28669 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28670 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28674 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28677 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28679 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28682 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28684 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28687 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28691 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28692 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
28693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28695 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28696 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28697 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28698 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28700 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28702 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28704 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28705 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28706 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28707 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28709 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28715 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28716 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28717 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20126 50604))
28718 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28720 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28721 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28723 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28724 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28726 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28727 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28728 This display updates automatically every minute.
28729 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28730 are displayed as well.
28731 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28735 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28736 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28737 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28738 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28739 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28740 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28742 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28744 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28745 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28746 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28747 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28748 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28750 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28751 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28752 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28753 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28754 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28758 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28759 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28760 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28761 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28765 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28766 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28767 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28768 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28770 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28772 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28773 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28779 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28780 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28781 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28782 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28783 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
28784 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28786 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28787 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28788 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28790 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28791 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28792 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28793 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28795 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28796 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28797 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28799 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28800 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28802 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28804 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28805 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28807 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28809 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28810 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28812 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28814 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28815 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28816 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28818 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28820 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28822 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28823 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28824 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28826 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28828 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28829 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28831 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28833 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28834 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28835 DATE should be a date-time string.
28837 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28839 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28840 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28841 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28843 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28845 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28846 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28848 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28850 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28851 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28853 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28855 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28856 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28857 TIME should be a time value.
28858 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28860 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28862 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28863 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28864 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28866 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28868 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28869 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28870 The valid format specifiers are:
28871 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28872 %d is the number of days.
28873 %h is the number of hours.
28874 %m is the number of minutes.
28875 %s is the number of seconds.
28876 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28877 %% is a literal \"%\".
28879 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28880 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28882 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28883 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28884 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28886 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28887 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28888 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28890 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28892 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28896 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28897 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20119 34052))
28898 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28899 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28900 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28901 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28902 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28903 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28904 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28905 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28906 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28908 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28909 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28910 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28911 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28912 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28913 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28914 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28915 look like one of the following:
28918 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28919 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28920 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28921 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28922 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28923 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28924 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28929 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28930 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28931 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28937 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28938 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28939 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28940 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28941 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
28942 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28944 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28945 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28946 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28947 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28948 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28949 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28950 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28951 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28952 display (non-nil means on).
28954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28956 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28957 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28958 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28959 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28960 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28961 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28962 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28963 this function is called within a day.
28965 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28966 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28967 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28968 discover the name of the project.
28970 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28972 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28973 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28974 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28975 begun during the last time segment.
28977 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28978 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28979 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28980 discover the reason.
28982 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28984 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28985 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28986 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28987 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28988 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28990 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28992 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28993 Change to working on a different project.
28994 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28995 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28996 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28999 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29001 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29002 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29003 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29007 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29008 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29009 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29013 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29014 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29015 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29016 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29017 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29018 \"relative to today\".
29020 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29022 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29023 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29024 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29025 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29027 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29029 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29030 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29031 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29032 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29033 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29034 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29036 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29040 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29041 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20119 34052))
29042 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29044 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29045 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29046 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29047 the generated Quail package is saved.
29049 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29051 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29052 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29053 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29054 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29055 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29056 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29057 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29059 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29063 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29064 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20119 34052))
29065 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29066 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29067 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29069 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29070 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29071 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29072 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29073 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29075 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29077 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29078 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29079 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29080 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29081 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29083 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29085 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29086 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29087 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29088 in the menu in two ways:
29089 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29090 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29091 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29093 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29094 keymap or an alist of alists.
29095 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29096 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29098 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29102 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29103 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29104 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20119 34052))
29105 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29107 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29108 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29110 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29112 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29113 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29115 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29117 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29118 Insert new TODO list entry.
29119 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29124 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29125 List top priorities for each category.
29127 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29128 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29130 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29131 between each category.
29132 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29134 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29136 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29137 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29138 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29139 between each category.
29141 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29143 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29145 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29146 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29150 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29151 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29155 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29162 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29163 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29164 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20126 50619))
29165 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29167 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29168 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29169 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29173 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29174 Add an item to the tool bar.
29175 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29176 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29177 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29178 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29180 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29181 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29182 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29183 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29185 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29186 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29188 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29190 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29191 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29192 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29193 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29194 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29195 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29197 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29198 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29199 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29200 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29202 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29204 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29205 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29206 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29207 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29208 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29209 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29210 properties to add to the binding.
29212 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29214 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29215 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29217 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29219 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29220 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29221 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29222 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29223 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29224 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29225 properties to add to the binding.
29227 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29230 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29234 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29235 ;;;;;; (20140 44316))
29236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29238 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29239 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29240 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29241 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29242 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29243 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29245 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29247 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29252 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29254 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29255 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29261 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29262 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
29263 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29265 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29266 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29268 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29269 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29270 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29271 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29272 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29274 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29275 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29276 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29277 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29278 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29280 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29285 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29286 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29287 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29288 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29289 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29290 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29296 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20119 34052))
29297 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29299 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29300 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29301 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29302 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29303 to a tcp server on another machine.
29305 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29309 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29310 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20119 34052))
29311 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29313 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29314 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29316 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29318 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29319 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29320 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29321 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29322 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29323 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29324 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29325 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29327 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29329 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29330 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29331 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29332 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29333 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29334 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29335 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29336 the window or buffer configuration.
29338 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29340 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29344 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29345 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29346 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29347 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20127 27092))
29348 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29350 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29351 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
29352 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29354 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29356 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29357 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29359 It can have the following values:
29361 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29362 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29363 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29365 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29367 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
29368 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29369 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29370 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29372 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29374 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29375 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29376 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29377 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29379 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29380 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29381 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29383 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29384 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29385 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29386 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29387 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29388 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29389 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29390 files which are not really Tramp files.
29392 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29393 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29394 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29395 updated after changing this variable.
29397 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29399 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29400 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29401 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29402 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29404 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29406 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29407 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29408 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29409 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29411 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29412 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29413 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29415 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29416 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29417 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29419 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29420 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29421 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29422 updated after changing this variable.
29424 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29426 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29427 Alist of completion handler functions.
29428 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29429 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29430 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29432 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29433 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29434 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29435 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29437 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29438 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29439 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29440 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29442 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29443 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29444 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29446 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29448 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29449 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29450 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29452 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29453 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29455 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29457 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29462 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29463 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29465 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29467 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29468 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29470 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29472 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29473 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29479 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29480 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
29481 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29483 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29490 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20140
29492 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29494 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29495 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29496 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29497 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29498 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29499 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29500 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29501 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29503 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29504 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29505 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29507 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29508 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29511 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29515 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29516 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
29517 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29519 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29522 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29526 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29527 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20140 44080))
29528 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29529 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29530 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29531 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29533 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29534 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29535 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29536 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29537 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29538 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29539 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29541 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29543 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29544 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29545 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29546 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29548 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29552 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29553 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29554 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29555 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29556 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29557 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29558 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29560 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29561 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29563 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29566 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29568 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29574 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29575 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29576 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29577 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29578 ;;;;;; (20126 50662))
29579 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29581 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29582 Toggle typing break mode.
29583 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29584 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29585 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29587 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29589 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29590 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29592 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29594 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29595 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29597 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29598 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29599 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29601 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29602 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29604 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29606 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29607 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29609 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29610 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29611 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29612 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29614 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29616 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29617 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29618 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29620 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29621 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29622 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29623 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29624 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29625 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29627 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29628 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29629 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29630 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29632 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29633 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29635 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29636 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29638 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29640 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29641 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29642 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29644 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29645 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29646 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29647 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29648 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29649 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29650 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29652 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29653 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29655 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29656 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29657 reset the keystroke counter.
29659 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29660 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29661 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29662 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29664 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29665 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29666 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29667 `type-break-schedule' command.
29669 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29670 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29671 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29672 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29673 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29674 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29675 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29676 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29677 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29679 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29680 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29681 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29682 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29683 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29685 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29686 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29687 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29688 approximate good values for this.
29690 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29691 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29693 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29694 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29695 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29696 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29697 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29698 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29700 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29701 a typing break occur. They include:
29703 `type-break-query-mode'
29704 `type-break-query-function'
29705 `type-break-query-interval'
29707 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29709 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29710 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29711 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29714 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29716 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29717 Take a typing break.
29719 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29720 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29722 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29723 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29727 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29728 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29729 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29730 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29734 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29735 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29737 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29738 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29739 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29740 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29741 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29742 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29743 average typing speed.)
29745 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29746 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29747 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29748 the computed maximum threshold.
29750 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29751 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29752 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29753 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29754 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29756 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29760 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20119 34052))
29761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29763 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29764 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29765 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29766 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29767 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29769 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29773 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29774 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29775 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29776 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29777 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29778 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20119 34052))
29779 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29781 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29782 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29784 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29786 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29787 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29789 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29791 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29792 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29794 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29796 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29797 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29799 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29801 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29802 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29804 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29806 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29807 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29809 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29811 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29812 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29814 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29816 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29817 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29819 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29821 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29822 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29826 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29827 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29829 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29831 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29832 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29834 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29836 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29837 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29839 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29843 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29844 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20119 34052))
29845 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29847 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29848 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29849 Works by overstriking underscores.
29850 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29851 which specify the range to operate on.
29853 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29855 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29856 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29857 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29858 which specify the range to operate on.
29860 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29864 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29865 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
29866 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29868 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29869 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29870 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29871 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29872 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29873 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29877 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29878 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29880 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29884 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20119
29886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29888 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29889 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29890 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29891 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29893 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29897 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29898 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20119 34052))
29899 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29901 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29902 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29903 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29905 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29906 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29907 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29908 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29909 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29910 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29912 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29913 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29914 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29916 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29917 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29918 the callback is not called).
29920 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29921 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29922 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29925 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29927 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29929 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29930 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29931 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29932 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29933 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29935 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29939 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29940 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20119 34052))
29941 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29943 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29944 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29945 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29947 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29948 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29949 `url-generic-parse-url'
29950 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29951 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29952 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29954 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29955 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29956 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29957 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29958 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29959 what type of auth to use
29960 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29961 if one cannot be found in the cache
29963 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29965 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29966 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29968 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29969 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29970 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29971 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29972 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29973 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29974 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29975 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29977 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29981 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29982 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20119 34052))
29983 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29985 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29986 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29988 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29990 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29991 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29992 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29994 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29996 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29997 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29999 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30003 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20119 34052))
30004 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30006 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30009 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30013 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
30014 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (20119 34052))
30015 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30017 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30020 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30022 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30025 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30029 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20119
30031 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30033 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30034 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30036 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30040 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30041 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20119 34052))
30042 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30044 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30045 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30049 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30050 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30051 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30052 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30053 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30055 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30059 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30060 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30061 ;;;;;; (20127 23866))
30062 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30064 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30065 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30066 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30067 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30068 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30069 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30071 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30073 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30074 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30076 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30077 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30081 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30082 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30083 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30084 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30086 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30088 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30089 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30090 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30091 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30092 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30093 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30094 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30095 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30096 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30097 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30099 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30101 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30102 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30103 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30106 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30108 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30111 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30115 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30116 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20119 34052))
30117 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30119 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30120 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30121 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30122 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30123 CBARGS as the arguments.
30125 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30127 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30130 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30132 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30134 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30137 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30139 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30140 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30141 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30143 Property list members:
30146 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30150 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30154 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30157 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30160 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30161 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30162 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30165 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30167 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30168 Default HTTPS port.")
30170 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30171 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30172 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30174 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30175 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30176 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30177 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30178 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30182 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20119 34052))
30183 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30185 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30188 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30192 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20119
30194 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30196 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30197 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30198 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30199 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30200 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30202 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30206 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30207 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
30208 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30210 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30213 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30215 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30216 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30218 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30222 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30223 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20119 34052))
30224 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30226 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30227 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30229 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30231 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30232 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30234 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30236 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30239 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30241 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30243 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30245 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30247 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30248 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30250 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30254 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30255 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
30256 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30258 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30261 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30263 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30266 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30270 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30271 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30272 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
30273 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30275 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30278 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30280 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30283 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30285 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30288 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30290 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30293 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30295 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30298 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30300 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30303 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30305 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30308 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30312 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30313 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20119 34052))
30314 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30316 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30317 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30319 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30321 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30322 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30323 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30324 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
30326 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30330 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30331 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
30332 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30334 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30335 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30341 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30342 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
30343 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30345 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30346 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30347 Like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments), but
30348 controls the level of parallelism via the
30349 `url-queue-parallel-processes' variable.
30351 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
30355 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30356 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
30357 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
30358 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
30359 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
30360 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
30361 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20119 34052))
30362 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30364 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30365 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30366 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30368 If t, all messages will be logged.
30369 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30370 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30372 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30374 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30377 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30379 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30382 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30384 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30385 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30386 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30387 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30388 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30394 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30396 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30397 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30398 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30400 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30402 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30403 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30404 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30406 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30408 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30409 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30411 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30413 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30414 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30418 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30419 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30423 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30428 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30431 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30433 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30436 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30438 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30440 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30441 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30443 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30445 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30446 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30448 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30450 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30453 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30455 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30456 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30457 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30458 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30459 forbidden in URL encoding.
30461 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30463 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30464 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30465 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30466 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30467 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30468 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30470 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30472 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30473 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30474 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30475 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30477 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30479 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30480 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30481 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30483 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30485 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30486 View the current document's URL.
30487 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30490 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30492 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30496 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30497 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20119 34052))
30498 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30500 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30501 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30502 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30503 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30504 to refrain from editing the file
30505 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30506 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30507 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30508 in any way you like.
30510 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30512 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30513 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30514 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30515 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30516 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30518 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30519 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30525 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30526 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30527 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20119 34052))
30528 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30530 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30533 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30535 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30538 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30540 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30543 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30545 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30548 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30552 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20119 34052))
30553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30555 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30556 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30558 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30562 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30563 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30564 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
30565 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30567 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30568 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30569 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30570 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30572 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30574 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30575 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30576 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30578 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30580 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30581 Uudecode region between START and END.
30582 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30584 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30588 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30589 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30590 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30591 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30592 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30593 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30594 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20128
30596 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30598 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30599 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30602 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30604 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30605 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30606 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30608 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30610 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30611 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30614 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30616 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30617 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30618 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
30620 For locking systems:
30621 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
30623 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
30624 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
30625 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
30626 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
30627 it performs a revert on that file.
30628 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
30629 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
30630 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
30631 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
30632 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
30633 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30634 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30636 For merging systems:
30637 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30638 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30639 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30640 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30641 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30642 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30643 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30644 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30645 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30647 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30649 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30650 Register into a version control system.
30651 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30652 Otherwise register the current file.
30653 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30654 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30656 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30657 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30658 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30659 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30660 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30661 first backend that could register the file is used.
30663 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30665 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30666 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30668 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30670 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30671 Display diffs between file revisions.
30672 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30673 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30674 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30676 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30679 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30681 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30682 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30683 repository history using ediff.
30685 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30687 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30688 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30689 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30690 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30691 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30693 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30696 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30698 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30699 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30700 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30701 fileset with the working revision.
30702 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30703 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30705 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30708 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30710 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30711 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30712 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30713 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30717 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30718 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30719 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30720 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30724 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30725 Perform a version control merge operation.
30726 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30727 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30728 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30730 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30731 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30732 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30733 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30734 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30735 changes from the current branch.
30739 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30741 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30742 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30743 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30744 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30745 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30746 checked out in that new branch.
30748 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30750 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30751 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30752 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30753 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30754 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30755 allowed and simply skipped).
30757 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30759 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30760 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30761 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30762 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30763 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30765 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30766 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30768 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30770 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30771 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30772 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30773 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30774 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30776 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30778 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30779 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30780 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30782 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30784 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30785 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30786 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30788 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30790 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30791 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30792 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30793 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30797 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30798 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30799 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30800 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30804 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30806 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30807 Update the current fileset or branch.
30808 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30809 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30810 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30812 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30813 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30814 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30815 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30816 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30820 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30822 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30823 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30824 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30825 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30826 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30827 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30828 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30830 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30832 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30833 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30834 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30835 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30836 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30837 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30838 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30839 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30840 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30842 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30844 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30845 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30849 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30850 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30852 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30854 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30855 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30856 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30859 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30861 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30862 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30863 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30865 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30866 log entries should be gathered.
30868 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30870 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30871 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30873 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30877 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30878 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
30879 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30881 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30882 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30884 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30885 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30886 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30887 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30888 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30889 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30891 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30892 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30893 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30894 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30895 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30896 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30897 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30898 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30900 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30902 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30904 Customization variables:
30906 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30907 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30908 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30909 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30911 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20119 34052))
30916 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30917 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30918 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30921 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20127 27092))
30926 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30928 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30929 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30931 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30932 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30933 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30936 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20119 34052))
30941 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30942 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30943 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30944 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30946 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30950 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20119 34052))
30951 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30953 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30954 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30955 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30956 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30957 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30959 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30960 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30961 The file lines appear later.
30963 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30964 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30966 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30968 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30970 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30974 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30975 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
30976 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30978 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30979 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30980 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30981 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30982 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30983 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30984 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30985 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30986 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30987 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30988 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30989 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30990 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30991 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30992 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30994 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20119 34052))
30999 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31000 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31001 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31002 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31005 (vc-git-registered file))))
31009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20119 34052))
31010 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31011 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31012 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31013 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31016 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20119 34052))
31021 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31023 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
31025 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
31026 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31027 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31030 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31034 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31035 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
31036 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31038 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31039 Where to look for RCS master files.
31040 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31042 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31044 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31048 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31049 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
31050 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31052 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31053 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31054 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31056 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31057 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31059 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31060 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31061 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31062 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20119 34052))
31067 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31068 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31069 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31070 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31073 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31075 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31079 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31080 ;;;;;; (20129 34267))
31081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31082 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31084 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31085 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31090 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31091 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31092 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31093 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31095 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31096 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31097 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31100 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31101 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31103 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31104 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31106 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31107 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31108 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31110 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31116 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31117 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31119 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31121 Official distribution is at
31122 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31125 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31126 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31137 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31138 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
31139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31141 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31142 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31143 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31144 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31145 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31147 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31149 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31150 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31152 Supports highlighting.
31154 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31155 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31157 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31159 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31160 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31161 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31162 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31163 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31164 on the left side of your screen.
31165 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31166 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31167 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31168 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31169 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31170 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31172 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31173 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31174 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31175 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31178 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31179 Indentation for case statements.
31180 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31181 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31183 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31184 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31185 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31186 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31187 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31188 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31189 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31190 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31191 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31193 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31197 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31198 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31199 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31200 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31201 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31202 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31203 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31204 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31205 comments in tight quarters.
31206 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31207 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31209 Variables controlling other actions:
31211 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31212 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31213 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31215 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31217 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31219 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31220 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31221 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31223 Some other functions are:
31225 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31226 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31227 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31228 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31229 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31231 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31232 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31233 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31234 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31236 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31237 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31238 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31239 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31240 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31241 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31242 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31243 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31244 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31245 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31246 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31247 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31248 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31249 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31250 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31251 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31252 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31253 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31254 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31255 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31256 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31257 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31258 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31259 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31260 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31261 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31262 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31263 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31265 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31266 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31268 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31274 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31275 ;;;;;; (20127 25049))
31276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31278 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31279 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31284 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31285 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31286 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31287 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31288 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31289 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31290 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31291 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31292 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31294 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31295 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31296 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31297 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31299 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31300 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31301 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31302 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31303 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31305 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31306 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31310 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31311 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31312 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31316 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31317 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31318 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31319 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31321 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31322 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31323 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31324 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31325 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31329 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31330 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31331 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31332 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31334 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31335 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31336 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31337 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31338 beginning with \"std\").
31340 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31341 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31342 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31347 `--' puts a single comment.
31348 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31349 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31350 with a comment in between.
31351 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31352 out following lines.
31353 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31354 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31356 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31357 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31358 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31359 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31360 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31363 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31364 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31365 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31366 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31367 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31368 multi-line comments.
31372 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31373 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31374 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31375 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
31377 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31378 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31379 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31380 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31382 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31383 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31386 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31387 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31391 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31392 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31393 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31394 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31395 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31396 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31397 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31398 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31400 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31401 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31402 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31403 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31404 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31407 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31408 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31409 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31411 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31412 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31416 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31417 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31418 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31419 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31420 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31421 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31424 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31425 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31426 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
31427 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31430 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31434 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31435 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31436 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31437 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31438 internal signal initializations (menu).
31440 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31441 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31442 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31444 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31445 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31446 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31447 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31448 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31449 in subsequent paste operations.)
31451 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31452 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31453 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31456 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31457 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31458 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31459 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31460 association list with formals).
31463 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31464 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31465 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31466 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31467 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31468 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31469 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31470 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31475 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31479 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31483 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31484 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31485 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31487 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31488 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31491 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31492 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31493 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31494 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31496 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31497 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31498 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31500 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31501 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31502 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31503 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31505 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31506 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31507 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31508 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31509 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31511 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31512 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31513 required by secondary units.
31516 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31517 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31518 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31519 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31520 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31521 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31522 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31523 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31524 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31525 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31526 inputs to this component -> input port created
31527 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31528 outputs from this component -> output port created
31529 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31530 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31532 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31533 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31534 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31535 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31536 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31538 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31539 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31541 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31542 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31543 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31544 component instantiation is also supported (option
31545 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31547 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31548 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31549 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31550 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31551 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31552 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31553 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31554 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31555 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31556 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31557 | generating the configuration.
31559 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31560 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31561 | configurations in speedbar.
31563 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31566 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31567 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31568 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31569 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31570 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31571 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31572 information. New compilers can be added.
31574 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31575 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31578 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31579 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31580 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31581 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31582 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31584 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31587 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31588 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31589 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31591 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31592 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31593 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31594 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31595 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31596 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31597 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31600 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31601 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31602 not (yet) supported.
31603 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31604 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31605 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31609 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31610 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31611 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31612 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31613 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31614 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31615 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31616 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31618 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31619 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31620 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31621 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31622 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31623 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31624 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31625 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31626 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31627 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31628 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31632 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31633 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31634 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31635 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31636 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31637 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31638 current directory for VHDL source files.
31642 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31643 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31647 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31648 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31649 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31650 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31651 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31652 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31653 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31654 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31657 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31658 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31659 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31660 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31661 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31662 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31663 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31665 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31666 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31667 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31668 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31669 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31670 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31672 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31673 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31674 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31675 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31676 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31679 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31680 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31681 highlighted if written in lower case.
31683 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31684 highlighted using a different background color if option
31685 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31687 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31688 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31689 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31690 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31691 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31695 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31696 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31697 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31701 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31702 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31703 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31704 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31705 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31709 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31710 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31712 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31713 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31714 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31715 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31716 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31717 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31718 (used to obtain the port names).
31722 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31723 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31727 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31728 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31729 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31730 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31731 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31732 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31733 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31738 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31739 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31740 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31741 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31742 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31744 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31745 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31746 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31747 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31748 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31751 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31752 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31756 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31757 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31758 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31760 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31764 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31765 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31767 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31769 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31771 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31775 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31781 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31782 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31784 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31786 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31787 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31788 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31789 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31791 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31792 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31793 where the latest version can be found.
31799 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31800 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31801 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31804 The VHDL Mode Authors
31805 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31816 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20119 34052))
31817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31819 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31820 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31821 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31822 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31824 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31825 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31826 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31827 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31828 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31830 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31831 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31833 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31835 * Limitations and unsupported features
31836 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31838 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31839 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31842 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31843 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31844 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31845 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31846 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31847 for undoing a repeated change command.
31848 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31849 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31850 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31853 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31854 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31855 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31856 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31857 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31858 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31859 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31860 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31862 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31868 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31869 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31870 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31871 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20119 34052))
31872 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31874 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31875 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31877 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31879 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31880 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31881 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31882 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31884 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31886 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31887 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31891 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31892 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31893 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31894 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31896 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31898 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31899 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31903 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31906 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31908 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31911 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31915 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31916 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31917 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31918 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31919 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20126 50686))
31920 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31922 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31923 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31924 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31926 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31928 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31929 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31930 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31931 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31933 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31935 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31936 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31938 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31940 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31941 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31942 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31943 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31944 moving around in the buffer.
31945 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31946 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31948 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31952 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31953 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31954 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31955 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31957 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31958 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31959 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31960 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31961 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31963 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31967 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31968 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31969 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31970 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31973 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31974 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31975 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31976 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31977 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31979 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31983 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31984 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31985 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31986 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31987 moving around in the buffer.
31988 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31989 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31991 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31993 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31994 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31995 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31997 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31998 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31999 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32000 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32002 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32004 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32005 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32006 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32007 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32008 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32009 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32010 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32012 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32014 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32016 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32017 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32018 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32020 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32022 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32023 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32024 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32025 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32026 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32027 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32028 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32030 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32032 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32034 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32035 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32036 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32038 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32040 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32041 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32042 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32043 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32044 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32046 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32047 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32048 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32049 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32053 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32054 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32055 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32056 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32057 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32058 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32059 to a repeat count of one.
32061 H, h, ? This message.
32062 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32063 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32064 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32065 > move to the end of buffer.
32066 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32067 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32068 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32069 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32070 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32071 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32072 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32073 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32074 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32075 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32076 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32077 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32078 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32079 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32080 Use this to view a changing file.
32081 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32082 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32083 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32085 x exchanges point and mark.
32086 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32087 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32088 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32089 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32090 ' go to position saved in character register.
32091 s do forward incremental search.
32092 r do reverse incremental search.
32093 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32094 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32095 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32096 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32097 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32098 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32099 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32100 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32101 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32102 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32103 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32104 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32105 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32106 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32107 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32108 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32109 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32111 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32112 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32113 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32114 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32115 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32116 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32117 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32118 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32119 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32121 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32125 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32126 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32127 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32128 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32129 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
32130 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32131 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32132 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32133 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32135 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32137 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32138 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32139 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32140 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32141 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32142 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32144 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32145 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32146 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32148 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32150 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32152 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32154 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32155 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32161 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20140
32163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32165 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32166 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32170 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32171 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32177 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32178 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
32179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32181 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32182 Toggle Viper on/off.
32183 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32187 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32188 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32194 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32195 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
32196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32198 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32199 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32200 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32201 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32202 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32203 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32204 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32205 the beginning of the warning.")
32207 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32208 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32209 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32210 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32211 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32212 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32213 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32214 also call that function before the next warning.")
32216 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32217 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32219 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32220 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32221 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32222 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32224 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32225 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32226 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32227 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32228 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32229 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32231 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32232 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32233 Default is :warning.
32235 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32236 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32237 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32238 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32239 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32240 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32242 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32243 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32244 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32246 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32248 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32249 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32251 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32253 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32254 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32255 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32256 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32258 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32259 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32260 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32261 can be whatever you like.)
32263 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32264 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32266 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32267 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32268 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32269 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32270 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32272 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32274 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32275 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32276 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32277 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32278 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32280 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32284 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32285 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
32286 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32288 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32289 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32290 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32291 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32292 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32301 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20119 34052))
32302 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32304 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32305 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32307 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32310 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32317 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
32318 ;;;;;; (20127 25007))
32319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32320 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32321 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32323 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
32325 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32326 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32327 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32330 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32332 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32334 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32335 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32336 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32337 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32338 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32340 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32341 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32342 in certain major modes.
32344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32348 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32349 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32350 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32351 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20142 405))
32352 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32354 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32355 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32356 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32357 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32358 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32360 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32361 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32365 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32366 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32367 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32368 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32369 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32371 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32372 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32373 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32374 use `whitespace-mode'.
32376 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32380 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32381 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32382 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32385 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32387 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32389 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32390 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32392 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32393 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32395 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32396 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32400 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32401 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32402 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32403 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32404 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32405 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32407 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32409 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32410 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32411 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32412 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32413 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32415 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32416 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32417 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32418 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32420 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32424 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32425 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32427 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32428 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32430 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32431 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32433 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32437 f toggle face visualization
32438 t toggle TAB visualization
32439 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32440 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32441 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32442 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32443 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32444 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32445 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32446 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32447 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32448 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32449 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32450 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32451 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32452 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32453 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32455 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32456 T toggle TAB visualization
32457 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32458 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32460 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32461 ? display brief help
32463 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32464 The valid symbols are:
32466 face toggle face visualization
32467 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32468 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32469 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32470 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32471 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32472 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32473 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32474 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32475 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32476 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32477 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32478 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32479 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32480 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32481 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32482 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32484 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32485 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32486 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32488 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32490 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32494 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32495 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32497 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32498 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32500 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32501 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32503 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32507 f toggle face visualization
32508 t toggle TAB visualization
32509 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32510 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32511 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32512 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32513 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32514 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32515 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32516 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32517 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32518 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32519 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32520 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32521 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32522 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32523 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32525 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32526 T toggle TAB visualization
32527 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32528 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32530 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32531 ? display brief help
32533 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32534 The valid symbols are:
32536 face toggle face visualization
32537 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32538 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32539 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32540 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32541 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32542 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32543 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32544 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32545 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32546 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32547 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32548 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32549 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32550 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32551 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32552 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32554 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32555 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32556 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32558 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32560 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32564 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32565 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32567 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32568 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32569 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32570 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32571 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32573 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32575 The problems cleaned up are:
32577 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32578 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32579 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32580 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32582 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32583 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32584 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32585 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32587 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32588 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32589 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32590 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32592 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32593 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32594 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32595 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32596 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32597 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32598 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32599 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32601 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32602 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32603 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32605 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32606 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32607 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32608 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32609 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32610 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32611 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32612 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32614 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32619 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32620 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32622 The problems cleaned up are:
32624 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32625 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32626 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32627 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32629 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32630 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32631 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32632 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32634 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32635 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32636 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32637 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32638 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32639 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32640 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32641 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32643 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32644 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32645 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32647 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32648 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32649 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32650 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32651 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32652 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32653 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32654 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32656 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32659 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32661 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32662 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32664 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32667 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32668 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32669 `whitespace-style' to have:
32677 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32678 whitespace problems in buffer.
32680 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32682 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32683 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32684 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32685 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32686 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32687 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32688 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32690 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32691 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32692 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32693 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32694 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32695 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32696 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32698 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32699 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32700 cleaning up these problems.
32702 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32704 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32705 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32707 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32710 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32711 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32712 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32720 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32721 whitespace problems in buffer.
32723 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32725 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32726 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32727 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32728 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32729 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32730 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32731 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32733 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32734 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32735 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32736 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32737 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32738 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32739 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32741 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32742 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32743 cleaning up these problems.
32745 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32749 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32750 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20126 45211))
32751 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32753 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32754 Browse the widget under point.
32758 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32759 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32761 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32763 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32764 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32766 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32768 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32769 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32775 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32776 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20119
32778 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32780 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32781 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32783 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32785 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32786 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32787 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32789 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32791 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32792 Create widget of TYPE.
32793 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32795 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32797 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32800 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32802 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32803 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32805 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32807 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32808 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32809 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32810 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32812 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32813 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32819 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32820 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20119
32822 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32824 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32825 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32826 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32827 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32828 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32829 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32830 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32834 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32835 Select the window above the current one.
32836 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32837 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32838 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32839 negative ARG) of the current window.
32840 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32844 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32845 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32846 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32847 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32848 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32849 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32850 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32854 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32855 Select the window below the current one.
32856 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32857 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32858 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32859 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32860 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32864 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32865 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32866 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32867 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32869 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32873 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32874 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
32875 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32877 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32878 Toggle Winner mode.
32879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32880 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32882 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32884 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32885 Toggle Winner mode.
32886 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32892 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32893 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20119 34052))
32894 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32896 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32897 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32898 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32899 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32900 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32902 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32904 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32905 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32906 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32907 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32908 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32909 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32910 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32911 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32913 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32914 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32916 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32918 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32919 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32923 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32924 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32925 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32926 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32927 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32928 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32929 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32930 `woman' command for further details.
32932 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32934 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32935 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32937 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32941 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32942 ;;;;;; (20140 44344))
32943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32945 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32946 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32949 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32950 are not implemented
32951 - Options for search and replace
32952 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32953 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32955 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32958 The key bindings are:
32968 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32970 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32971 C-l ws-repeat-search
32974 C-r scroll-down-line
32981 C-y kill-complete-line
32984 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32985 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32986 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32987 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32988 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32989 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32990 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32991 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32992 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32993 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32994 C-k b ws-begin-block
32995 C-k c ws-copy-block
32996 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32998 C-k h ws-show-markers
32999 C-k i ws-indent-block
33001 C-k p ws-print-block
33004 C-k s save-some-buffers
33006 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33007 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33008 C-k v ws-move-block
33009 C-k w ws-write-block
33011 C-k y ws-delete-block
33013 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33014 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33015 C-o j justify-current-line
33018 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33019 C-o r set-fill-column
33020 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33021 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33022 C-o wh split-window-right
33023 C-o wo other-window
33024 C-o wv split-window-below
33026 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33027 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33028 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33029 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33030 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33031 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33032 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33033 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33034 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33035 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33036 C-q a ws-query-replace
33037 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33038 C-q c end-of-buffer
33041 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33043 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33044 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33045 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33046 C-q w ws-last-error
33048 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33054 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20127 25788))
33055 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33057 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33058 Perform an interactive search.
33059 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33060 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33061 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33062 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33064 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33067 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33069 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33073 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33074 ;;;;;; (20119 34052))
33075 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33077 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33078 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33079 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
33080 Returns the top node with all its children.
33081 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33082 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33084 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33086 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33087 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33088 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33089 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
33090 is not well-formed XML.
33091 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
33092 and returned as the first element of the list.
33093 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33095 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33099 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33100 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20119 34052))
33101 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33103 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33104 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33105 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33106 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33107 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33108 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33109 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33110 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33111 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33112 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33114 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33118 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20126
33120 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33122 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33123 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33124 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33125 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33126 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33127 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33129 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33131 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33132 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33133 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33134 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33135 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33137 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33138 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33139 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33140 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33141 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33142 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33148 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33149 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20119 34052))
33150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33152 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33153 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33155 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33157 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33158 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33164 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33165 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20119 34052))
33166 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33168 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33169 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33171 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33173 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33174 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33176 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33178 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33179 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33180 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33182 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33184 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33185 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33191 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20119 34052))
33192 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33194 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33195 Zone out, completely.
33201 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33202 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33203 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33204 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33205 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33206 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33207 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
33208 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
33209 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
33210 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
33211 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
33212 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
33213 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
33214 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
33215 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
33216 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
33217 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
33218 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
33219 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
33220 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
33221 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
33222 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
33223 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
33224 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
33225 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
33226 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
33227 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
33228 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
33229 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
33230 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
33231 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
33232 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
33233 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el"
33234 ;;;;;; "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
33235 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
33236 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
33237 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
33238 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
33239 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
33240 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
33241 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
33242 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
33243 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
33244 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
33245 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
33246 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33247 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33248 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33249 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33250 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33251 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33252 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33253 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33254 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
33255 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
33256 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
33257 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
33258 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
33259 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
33260 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33261 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33262 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33263 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33264 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33265 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33266 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33267 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33268 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33269 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33270 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33271 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33272 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
33273 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
33274 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
33275 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
33276 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
33277 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
33278 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
33279 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
33280 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
33281 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
33282 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
33283 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
33284 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
33285 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
33286 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
33287 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
33288 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
33289 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
33290 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
33291 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
33292 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
33293 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
33294 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
33295 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
33296 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
33297 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33298 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33299 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33300 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
33301 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
33302 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
33303 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
33304 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
33305 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
33306 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
33307 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
33308 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
33309 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
33310 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
33311 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
33312 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
33313 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
33314 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
33315 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
33316 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
33317 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
33318 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
33319 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
33320 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
33321 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33322 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33323 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33324 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33325 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33326 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33327 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33328 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33329 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33330 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33331 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33332 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
33333 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
33334 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
33335 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
33336 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
33337 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
33338 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
33339 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33340 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33341 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33342 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33343 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33344 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33345 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33346 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33347 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33348 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33349 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33350 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33351 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33352 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33353 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33354 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33355 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33356 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33357 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33358 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33359 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33360 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33361 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
33362 ;;;;;; "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
33363 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
33364 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
33365 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33366 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33367 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el"
33368 ;;;;;; "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
33369 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
33370 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el"
33371 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
33372 ;;;;;; "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
33373 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
33374 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
33375 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
33376 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
33377 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
33378 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
33379 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
33380 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
33381 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
33382 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
33383 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
33384 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
33385 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
33386 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
33387 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
33388 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
33389 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
33390 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
33391 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
33392 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
33393 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
33394 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
33395 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
33396 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
33397 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
33398 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
33399 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
33400 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20142
33401 ;;;;;; 850 416521))
33405 (provide 'loaddefs)
33406 ;; Local Variables:
33407 ;; version-control: never
33408 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33409 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33412 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here